| 1 | /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1989-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | |
| 4 | This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) |
| 9 | any later version. |
| 10 | |
| 11 | GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 14 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 15 | |
| 16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 17 | along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free |
| 18 | Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA |
| 19 | 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science |
| 22 | at the University of Utah. */ |
| 23 | |
| 24 | #include "as.h" |
| 25 | #include "safe-ctype.h" |
| 26 | #include "subsegs.h" |
| 27 | #include "dw2gencfi.h" |
| 28 | |
| 29 | #include "bfd/libhppa.h" |
| 30 | |
| 31 | /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */ |
| 32 | #include "opcode/hppa.h" |
| 33 | |
| 34 | #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM) |
| 35 | error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined |
| 36 | #endif |
| 37 | |
| 38 | /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug |
| 39 | records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records, |
| 40 | then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */ |
| 41 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 42 | #include "dwarf2dbg.h" |
| 43 | |
| 44 | /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do |
| 45 | not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */ |
| 46 | |
| 47 | /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ |
| 48 | typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type; |
| 49 | |
| 50 | /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ |
| 51 | typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; |
| 52 | #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ |
| 53 | (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc) |
| 54 | |
| 55 | #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 |
| 56 | /* How to generate a relocation. */ |
| 57 | #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type |
| 58 | #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type |
| 59 | #else |
| 60 | #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type |
| 61 | #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type |
| 62 | #endif |
| 63 | |
| 64 | /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere |
| 65 | to store a copyright string. */ |
| 66 | #define obj_version obj_elf_version |
| 67 | #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version |
| 68 | |
| 69 | #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind" |
| 70 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 71 | |
| 72 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 73 | /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */ |
| 74 | #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$" |
| 75 | #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$" |
| 76 | #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$" |
| 77 | #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$" |
| 78 | |
| 79 | /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ |
| 80 | typedef int reloc_type; |
| 81 | |
| 82 | /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */ |
| 83 | #define obj_version obj_som_version |
| 84 | #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright |
| 85 | |
| 86 | /* How to generate a relocation. */ |
| 87 | #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type |
| 88 | |
| 89 | /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ |
| 90 | typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; |
| 91 | #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ |
| 92 | (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc) |
| 93 | |
| 94 | /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */ |
| 95 | #ifndef R_DLT_REL |
| 96 | #define R_DLT_REL 0x78 |
| 97 | #endif |
| 98 | |
| 99 | #ifndef R_N0SEL |
| 100 | #define R_N0SEL 0xd8 |
| 101 | #endif |
| 102 | |
| 103 | #ifndef R_N1SEL |
| 104 | #define R_N1SEL 0xd9 |
| 105 | #endif |
| 106 | #endif /* OBJ_SOM */ |
| 107 | |
| 108 | #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 |
| 109 | #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25 |
| 110 | #else |
| 111 | #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10 |
| 112 | #endif |
| 113 | |
| 114 | /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */ |
| 115 | |
| 116 | /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */ |
| 117 | |
| 118 | struct unwind_desc |
| 119 | { |
| 120 | unsigned int cannot_unwind:1; |
| 121 | unsigned int millicode:1; |
| 122 | unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1; |
| 123 | unsigned int region_desc:2; |
| 124 | unsigned int save_sr:2; |
| 125 | unsigned int entry_fr:4; |
| 126 | unsigned int entry_gr:5; |
| 127 | unsigned int args_stored:1; |
| 128 | unsigned int call_fr:5; |
| 129 | unsigned int call_gr:5; |
| 130 | unsigned int save_sp:1; |
| 131 | unsigned int save_rp:1; |
| 132 | unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1; |
| 133 | unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1; |
| 134 | unsigned int cleanup_defined:1; |
| 135 | |
| 136 | unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1; |
| 137 | unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1; |
| 138 | unsigned int reserved:3; |
| 139 | unsigned int frame_size:27; |
| 140 | }; |
| 141 | |
| 142 | /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular |
| 143 | place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to |
| 144 | object files. */ |
| 145 | #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \ |
| 146 | (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \ |
| 147 | | ((U)->millicode << 30) \ |
| 148 | | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \ |
| 149 | | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \ |
| 150 | | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \ |
| 151 | | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \ |
| 152 | | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \ |
| 153 | | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \ |
| 154 | | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \ |
| 155 | | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \ |
| 156 | | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \ |
| 157 | | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \ |
| 158 | | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \ |
| 159 | | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \ |
| 160 | | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0)) |
| 161 | |
| 162 | #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \ |
| 163 | (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \ |
| 164 | | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \ |
| 165 | | ((U)->frame_size << 0)) |
| 166 | |
| 167 | struct unwind_table |
| 168 | { |
| 169 | /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by |
| 170 | descriptor. */ |
| 171 | unsigned int start_offset; |
| 172 | unsigned int end_offset; |
| 173 | struct unwind_desc descriptor; |
| 174 | }; |
| 175 | |
| 176 | /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to |
| 177 | control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in |
| 178 | creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors. |
| 179 | |
| 180 | NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of |
| 181 | prologues and epilogues. FIXME. |
| 182 | |
| 183 | The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the |
| 184 | .callinfo pseudo-op. */ |
| 185 | |
| 186 | struct call_info |
| 187 | { |
| 188 | /* The unwind descriptor being built. */ |
| 189 | struct unwind_table ci_unwind; |
| 190 | |
| 191 | /* Name of this function. */ |
| 192 | symbolS *start_symbol; |
| 193 | |
| 194 | /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */ |
| 195 | symbolS *end_symbol; |
| 196 | |
| 197 | /* Next entry in the chain. */ |
| 198 | struct call_info *ci_next; |
| 199 | }; |
| 200 | |
| 201 | /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions |
| 202 | allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows |
| 203 | SGL and DBL). */ |
| 204 | typedef enum |
| 205 | { |
| 206 | SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW |
| 207 | } |
| 208 | fp_operand_format; |
| 209 | |
| 210 | /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to |
| 211 | an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation |
| 212 | (ELF has no need for it). */ |
| 213 | typedef enum |
| 214 | { |
| 215 | SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN, |
| 216 | SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE, |
| 217 | SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE, |
| 218 | SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA, |
| 219 | SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY, |
| 220 | SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE, |
| 221 | SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL, |
| 222 | SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG, |
| 223 | SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG, |
| 224 | } |
| 225 | pa_symbol_type; |
| 226 | |
| 227 | /* This structure contains information needed to assemble |
| 228 | individual instructions. */ |
| 229 | struct pa_it |
| 230 | { |
| 231 | /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */ |
| 232 | unsigned long opcode; |
| 233 | |
| 234 | /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */ |
| 235 | expressionS exp; |
| 236 | |
| 237 | /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */ |
| 238 | int pcrel; |
| 239 | |
| 240 | /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */ |
| 241 | fp_operand_format fpof1; |
| 242 | fp_operand_format fpof2; |
| 243 | |
| 244 | /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */ |
| 245 | int trunc; |
| 246 | |
| 247 | /* Holds the field selector for this instruction |
| 248 | (for example L%, LR%, etc). */ |
| 249 | long field_selector; |
| 250 | |
| 251 | /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this |
| 252 | instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */ |
| 253 | unsigned int arg_reloc; |
| 254 | |
| 255 | /* The format specification for this instruction. */ |
| 256 | int format; |
| 257 | |
| 258 | /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */ |
| 259 | reloc_type reloc; |
| 260 | }; |
| 261 | |
| 262 | /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this: |
| 263 | |
| 264 | +--------------+--------------+ |
| 265 | | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R | |
| 266 | +--------------+--------------+ |
| 267 | | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R | |
| 268 | +--------------+--------------+ |
| 269 | | | | |
| 270 | |
| 271 | . . . |
| 272 | . . . |
| 273 | . . . |
| 274 | |
| 275 | | | | |
| 276 | +--------------+--------------+ |
| 277 | | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R | |
| 278 | +--------------+--------------+ |
| 279 | | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R | |
| 280 | +--------------+--------------+ */ |
| 281 | |
| 282 | /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */ |
| 283 | struct call_desc |
| 284 | { |
| 285 | /* The argument relocation specification. */ |
| 286 | unsigned int arg_reloc; |
| 287 | |
| 288 | /* Number of arguments. */ |
| 289 | unsigned int arg_count; |
| 290 | }; |
| 291 | |
| 292 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 293 | /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary |
| 294 | chain. */ |
| 295 | |
| 296 | struct subspace_dictionary_chain |
| 297 | { |
| 298 | /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */ |
| 299 | unsigned int ssd_defined; |
| 300 | |
| 301 | /* Name of this subspace. */ |
| 302 | char *ssd_name; |
| 303 | |
| 304 | /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */ |
| 305 | asection *ssd_seg; |
| 306 | int ssd_subseg; |
| 307 | |
| 308 | /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */ |
| 309 | struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next; |
| 310 | }; |
| 311 | |
| 312 | typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct; |
| 313 | |
| 314 | /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary |
| 315 | chain. */ |
| 316 | |
| 317 | struct space_dictionary_chain |
| 318 | { |
| 319 | /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or |
| 320 | as a default space. */ |
| 321 | unsigned int sd_defined; |
| 322 | |
| 323 | /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */ |
| 324 | unsigned int sd_user_defined; |
| 325 | |
| 326 | /* The space number (or index). */ |
| 327 | unsigned int sd_spnum; |
| 328 | |
| 329 | /* The name of this subspace. */ |
| 330 | char *sd_name; |
| 331 | |
| 332 | /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */ |
| 333 | asection *sd_seg; |
| 334 | |
| 335 | /* Current subsegment number being used. */ |
| 336 | int sd_last_subseg; |
| 337 | |
| 338 | /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */ |
| 339 | ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces; |
| 340 | |
| 341 | /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */ |
| 342 | struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next; |
| 343 | }; |
| 344 | |
| 345 | typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct; |
| 346 | |
| 347 | /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace |
| 348 | dictionary entries. */ |
| 349 | |
| 350 | struct default_subspace_dict |
| 351 | { |
| 352 | /* Name of the subspace. */ |
| 353 | const char *name; |
| 354 | |
| 355 | /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */ |
| 356 | char defined; |
| 357 | |
| 358 | /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */ |
| 359 | char loadable; |
| 360 | |
| 361 | /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */ |
| 362 | char code_only; |
| 363 | |
| 364 | /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */ |
| 365 | char comdat; |
| 366 | |
| 367 | /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */ |
| 368 | char common; |
| 369 | |
| 370 | /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols |
| 371 | to be multiply defined. */ |
| 372 | char dup_common; |
| 373 | |
| 374 | /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */ |
| 375 | char zero; |
| 376 | |
| 377 | /* Sort key for this subspace. */ |
| 378 | unsigned char sort; |
| 379 | |
| 380 | /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access |
| 381 | as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */ |
| 382 | int access; |
| 383 | |
| 384 | /* Index of containing space. */ |
| 385 | int space_index; |
| 386 | |
| 387 | /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */ |
| 388 | int alignment; |
| 389 | |
| 390 | /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */ |
| 391 | int quadrant; |
| 392 | |
| 393 | /* An index into the default spaces array. */ |
| 394 | int def_space_index; |
| 395 | |
| 396 | /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */ |
| 397 | subsegT subsegment; |
| 398 | }; |
| 399 | |
| 400 | /* This structure defines attributes of the default space |
| 401 | dictionary entries. */ |
| 402 | |
| 403 | struct default_space_dict |
| 404 | { |
| 405 | /* Name of the space. */ |
| 406 | const char *name; |
| 407 | |
| 408 | /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within |
| 409 | assembly code numerically! */ |
| 410 | int spnum; |
| 411 | |
| 412 | /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */ |
| 413 | char loadable; |
| 414 | |
| 415 | /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */ |
| 416 | char defined; |
| 417 | |
| 418 | /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */ |
| 419 | char private; |
| 420 | |
| 421 | /* Sort key for this space. */ |
| 422 | unsigned char sort; |
| 423 | |
| 424 | /* Segment associated with this space. */ |
| 425 | asection *segment; |
| 426 | }; |
| 427 | #endif |
| 428 | |
| 429 | /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments, |
| 430 | callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular |
| 431 | label. */ |
| 432 | typedef struct label_symbol_struct |
| 433 | { |
| 434 | struct symbol *lss_label; |
| 435 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 436 | sd_chain_struct *lss_space; |
| 437 | #endif |
| 438 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 439 | segT lss_segment; |
| 440 | #endif |
| 441 | struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next; |
| 442 | } |
| 443 | label_symbol_struct; |
| 444 | |
| 445 | /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */ |
| 446 | struct hppa_fix_struct |
| 447 | { |
| 448 | /* The field selector. */ |
| 449 | enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field; |
| 450 | |
| 451 | /* Type of fixup. */ |
| 452 | int fx_r_type; |
| 453 | |
| 454 | /* Format of fixup. */ |
| 455 | int fx_r_format; |
| 456 | |
| 457 | /* Argument relocation bits. */ |
| 458 | unsigned int fx_arg_reloc; |
| 459 | |
| 460 | /* The segment this fixup appears in. */ |
| 461 | segT segment; |
| 462 | }; |
| 463 | |
| 464 | /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */ |
| 465 | |
| 466 | struct pd_reg |
| 467 | { |
| 468 | const char *name; |
| 469 | int value; |
| 470 | }; |
| 471 | |
| 472 | /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string |
| 473 | to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */ |
| 474 | struct fp_cond_map |
| 475 | { |
| 476 | const char *string; |
| 477 | int cond; |
| 478 | }; |
| 479 | |
| 480 | /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector |
| 481 | string to a field selector type. */ |
| 482 | struct selector_entry |
| 483 | { |
| 484 | const char *prefix; |
| 485 | int field_selector; |
| 486 | }; |
| 487 | |
| 488 | /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */ |
| 489 | |
| 490 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 491 | static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void); |
| 492 | #endif |
| 493 | |
| 494 | #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) |
| 495 | static void pa_text (int); |
| 496 | static void pa_data (int); |
| 497 | static void pa_comm (int); |
| 498 | #endif |
| 499 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 500 | static int exact_log2 (int); |
| 501 | static void pa_compiler (int); |
| 502 | static void pa_align (int); |
| 503 | static void pa_space (int); |
| 504 | static void pa_spnum (int); |
| 505 | static void pa_subspace (int); |
| 506 | static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int, |
| 507 | int, int, int, |
| 508 | asection *, int); |
| 509 | static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, |
| 510 | const char *, int, int, |
| 511 | int, int, int, int, |
| 512 | int, int, int, int, |
| 513 | int, asection *); |
| 514 | static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, |
| 515 | char *, int, int, int, |
| 516 | int, int, int, int, |
| 517 | int, int, int, int, |
| 518 | asection *); |
| 519 | static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *); |
| 520 | static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *); |
| 521 | static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *); |
| 522 | static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *, |
| 523 | subsegT); |
| 524 | static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int); |
| 525 | static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int); |
| 526 | static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int); |
| 527 | #endif |
| 528 | |
| 529 | /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */ |
| 530 | |
| 531 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 532 | /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */ |
| 533 | static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root; |
| 534 | static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last; |
| 535 | |
| 536 | /* The current space and subspace. */ |
| 537 | static sd_chain_struct *current_space; |
| 538 | static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace; |
| 539 | #endif |
| 540 | |
| 541 | /* Root of the call_info chain. */ |
| 542 | static struct call_info *call_info_root; |
| 543 | |
| 544 | /* The last call_info (for functions) structure |
| 545 | seen so it can be associated with fixups and |
| 546 | function labels. */ |
| 547 | static struct call_info *last_call_info; |
| 548 | |
| 549 | /* The last call description (for actual calls). */ |
| 550 | static struct call_desc last_call_desc; |
| 551 | |
| 552 | /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */ |
| 553 | static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL; |
| 554 | |
| 555 | /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be |
| 556 | followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!' |
| 557 | as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */ |
| 558 | const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>"; |
| 559 | |
| 560 | /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of |
| 561 | a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename' |
| 562 | .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output. |
| 563 | |
| 564 | Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the |
| 565 | first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs |
| 566 | #NO_APP at the beginning of its output. |
| 567 | |
| 568 | Also note that C style comments will always work. */ |
| 569 | const char line_comment_chars[] = "#"; |
| 570 | |
| 571 | /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the |
| 572 | pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */ |
| 573 | const char comment_chars[] = ";"; |
| 574 | |
| 575 | /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */ |
| 576 | const char line_separator_chars[] = "!"; |
| 577 | |
| 578 | /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */ |
| 579 | const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE"; |
| 580 | |
| 581 | /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant. |
| 582 | As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. |
| 583 | |
| 584 | Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be |
| 585 | changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it |
| 586 | at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */ |
| 587 | const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP"; |
| 588 | |
| 589 | static struct pa_it the_insn; |
| 590 | |
| 591 | /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression |
| 592 | and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global |
| 593 | variable. */ |
| 594 | static char *expr_end; |
| 595 | |
| 596 | /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */ |
| 597 | static int callinfo_found; |
| 598 | |
| 599 | /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */ |
| 600 | static int within_entry_exit; |
| 601 | |
| 602 | /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */ |
| 603 | static int within_procedure; |
| 604 | |
| 605 | /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol |
| 606 | seen in each subspace. */ |
| 607 | static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL; |
| 608 | |
| 609 | /* Last label symbol */ |
| 610 | static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol; |
| 611 | |
| 612 | /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise. |
| 613 | |
| 614 | Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or |
| 615 | not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction. |
| 616 | |
| 617 | Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure |
| 618 | occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields |
| 619 | by pa_parse_number. */ |
| 620 | static int strict; |
| 621 | |
| 622 | /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly |
| 623 | pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating |
| 624 | point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards. |
| 625 | The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point |
| 626 | register has a `r' suffix. */ |
| 627 | #define FP_REG_BASE 64 |
| 628 | #define FP_REG_RSEL 128 |
| 629 | static int pa_number; |
| 630 | |
| 631 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 632 | /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */ |
| 633 | static symbolS *dummy_symbol; |
| 634 | #endif |
| 635 | |
| 636 | /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */ |
| 637 | static int print_errors = 1; |
| 638 | |
| 639 | /* List of registers that are pre-defined: |
| 640 | |
| 641 | Each general register has one predefined name of the form |
| 642 | %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>. |
| 643 | |
| 644 | Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner, |
| 645 | but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names. |
| 646 | |
| 647 | Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form |
| 648 | %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined |
| 649 | names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which |
| 650 | again have the value <REGNUM>. |
| 651 | |
| 652 | Many registers also have synonyms: |
| 653 | |
| 654 | %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms |
| 655 | %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms |
| 656 | %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms |
| 657 | %r30 has %sp as a synonym |
| 658 | %r27 has %dp as a synonym |
| 659 | %r2 has %rp as a synonym |
| 660 | |
| 661 | Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed |
| 662 | here for brevity. |
| 663 | |
| 664 | The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */ |
| 665 | |
| 666 | static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] = |
| 667 | { |
| 668 | {"%arg0", 26}, |
| 669 | {"%arg1", 25}, |
| 670 | {"%arg2", 24}, |
| 671 | {"%arg3", 23}, |
| 672 | {"%cr0", 0}, |
| 673 | {"%cr10", 10}, |
| 674 | {"%cr11", 11}, |
| 675 | {"%cr12", 12}, |
| 676 | {"%cr13", 13}, |
| 677 | {"%cr14", 14}, |
| 678 | {"%cr15", 15}, |
| 679 | {"%cr16", 16}, |
| 680 | {"%cr17", 17}, |
| 681 | {"%cr18", 18}, |
| 682 | {"%cr19", 19}, |
| 683 | {"%cr20", 20}, |
| 684 | {"%cr21", 21}, |
| 685 | {"%cr22", 22}, |
| 686 | {"%cr23", 23}, |
| 687 | {"%cr24", 24}, |
| 688 | {"%cr25", 25}, |
| 689 | {"%cr26", 26}, |
| 690 | {"%cr27", 27}, |
| 691 | {"%cr28", 28}, |
| 692 | {"%cr29", 29}, |
| 693 | {"%cr30", 30}, |
| 694 | {"%cr31", 31}, |
| 695 | {"%cr8", 8}, |
| 696 | {"%cr9", 9}, |
| 697 | {"%dp", 27}, |
| 698 | {"%eiem", 15}, |
| 699 | {"%eirr", 23}, |
| 700 | {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 701 | {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 702 | {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 703 | {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 704 | {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 705 | {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 706 | {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 707 | {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 708 | {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 709 | {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 710 | {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 711 | {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 712 | {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 713 | {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 714 | {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 715 | {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 716 | {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 717 | {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 718 | {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 719 | {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 720 | {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 721 | {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 722 | {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 723 | {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 724 | {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 725 | {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 726 | {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 727 | {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 728 | {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 729 | {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 730 | {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 731 | {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 732 | {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 733 | {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 734 | {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 735 | {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 736 | {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 737 | {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 738 | {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 739 | {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 740 | {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 741 | {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 742 | {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 743 | {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 744 | {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 745 | {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 746 | {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 747 | {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 748 | {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 749 | {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 750 | {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 751 | {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 752 | {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 753 | {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 754 | {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 755 | {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 756 | {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 757 | {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 758 | {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 759 | {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 760 | {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 761 | {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 762 | {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 763 | {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 764 | {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 765 | {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 766 | {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 767 | {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 768 | {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 769 | {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 770 | {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 771 | {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 772 | {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 773 | {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 774 | {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 775 | {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 776 | {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 777 | {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 778 | {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 779 | {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 780 | {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 781 | {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 782 | {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 783 | {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 784 | {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 785 | {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 786 | {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 787 | {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 788 | {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 789 | {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 790 | {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 791 | {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 792 | {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 793 | {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 794 | {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 795 | {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 796 | {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 797 | {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 798 | {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, |
| 799 | {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, |
| 800 | {"%fret", 4}, |
| 801 | {"%hta", 25}, |
| 802 | {"%iir", 19}, |
| 803 | {"%ior", 21}, |
| 804 | {"%ipsw", 22}, |
| 805 | {"%isr", 20}, |
| 806 | {"%itmr", 16}, |
| 807 | {"%iva", 14}, |
| 808 | #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 |
| 809 | {"%mrp", 2}, |
| 810 | #else |
| 811 | {"%mrp", 31}, |
| 812 | #endif |
| 813 | {"%pcoq", 18}, |
| 814 | {"%pcsq", 17}, |
| 815 | {"%pidr1", 8}, |
| 816 | {"%pidr2", 9}, |
| 817 | {"%pidr3", 12}, |
| 818 | {"%pidr4", 13}, |
| 819 | {"%ppda", 24}, |
| 820 | {"%r0", 0}, |
| 821 | {"%r1", 1}, |
| 822 | {"%r10", 10}, |
| 823 | {"%r11", 11}, |
| 824 | {"%r12", 12}, |
| 825 | {"%r13", 13}, |
| 826 | {"%r14", 14}, |
| 827 | {"%r15", 15}, |
| 828 | {"%r16", 16}, |
| 829 | {"%r17", 17}, |
| 830 | {"%r18", 18}, |
| 831 | {"%r19", 19}, |
| 832 | {"%r2", 2}, |
| 833 | {"%r20", 20}, |
| 834 | {"%r21", 21}, |
| 835 | {"%r22", 22}, |
| 836 | {"%r23", 23}, |
| 837 | {"%r24", 24}, |
| 838 | {"%r25", 25}, |
| 839 | {"%r26", 26}, |
| 840 | {"%r27", 27}, |
| 841 | {"%r28", 28}, |
| 842 | {"%r29", 29}, |
| 843 | {"%r3", 3}, |
| 844 | {"%r30", 30}, |
| 845 | {"%r31", 31}, |
| 846 | {"%r4", 4}, |
| 847 | {"%r5", 5}, |
| 848 | {"%r6", 6}, |
| 849 | {"%r7", 7}, |
| 850 | {"%r8", 8}, |
| 851 | {"%r9", 9}, |
| 852 | {"%rctr", 0}, |
| 853 | {"%ret0", 28}, |
| 854 | {"%ret1", 29}, |
| 855 | {"%rp", 2}, |
| 856 | {"%sar", 11}, |
| 857 | {"%sp", 30}, |
| 858 | {"%sr0", 0}, |
| 859 | {"%sr1", 1}, |
| 860 | {"%sr2", 2}, |
| 861 | {"%sr3", 3}, |
| 862 | {"%sr4", 4}, |
| 863 | {"%sr5", 5}, |
| 864 | {"%sr6", 6}, |
| 865 | {"%sr7", 7}, |
| 866 | {"%t1", 22}, |
| 867 | {"%t2", 21}, |
| 868 | {"%t3", 20}, |
| 869 | {"%t4", 19}, |
| 870 | {"%tf1", 11}, |
| 871 | {"%tf2", 10}, |
| 872 | {"%tf3", 9}, |
| 873 | {"%tf4", 8}, |
| 874 | {"%tr0", 24}, |
| 875 | {"%tr1", 25}, |
| 876 | {"%tr2", 26}, |
| 877 | {"%tr3", 27}, |
| 878 | {"%tr4", 28}, |
| 879 | {"%tr5", 29}, |
| 880 | {"%tr6", 30}, |
| 881 | {"%tr7", 31} |
| 882 | }; |
| 883 | |
| 884 | /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is |
| 885 | so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked |
| 886 | for < first, we would get a false match. */ |
| 887 | static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] = |
| 888 | { |
| 889 | {"false?", 0}, |
| 890 | {"false", 1}, |
| 891 | {"true?", 30}, |
| 892 | {"true", 31}, |
| 893 | {"!<=>", 3}, |
| 894 | {"!?>=", 8}, |
| 895 | {"!?<=", 16}, |
| 896 | {"!<>", 7}, |
| 897 | {"!>=", 11}, |
| 898 | {"!?>", 12}, |
| 899 | {"?<=", 14}, |
| 900 | {"!<=", 19}, |
| 901 | {"!?<", 20}, |
| 902 | {"?>=", 22}, |
| 903 | {"!?=", 24}, |
| 904 | {"!=t", 27}, |
| 905 | {"<=>", 29}, |
| 906 | {"=t", 5}, |
| 907 | {"?=", 6}, |
| 908 | {"?<", 10}, |
| 909 | {"<=", 13}, |
| 910 | {"!>", 15}, |
| 911 | {"?>", 18}, |
| 912 | {">=", 21}, |
| 913 | {"!<", 23}, |
| 914 | {"<>", 25}, |
| 915 | {"!=", 26}, |
| 916 | {"!?", 28}, |
| 917 | {"?", 2}, |
| 918 | {"=", 4}, |
| 919 | {"<", 9}, |
| 920 | {">", 17} |
| 921 | }; |
| 922 | |
| 923 | static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] = |
| 924 | { |
| 925 | {"f", e_fsel}, |
| 926 | {"l", e_lsel}, |
| 927 | {"ld", e_ldsel}, |
| 928 | {"lp", e_lpsel}, |
| 929 | {"lr", e_lrsel}, |
| 930 | {"ls", e_lssel}, |
| 931 | {"lt", e_ltsel}, |
| 932 | {"ltp", e_ltpsel}, |
| 933 | {"n", e_nsel}, |
| 934 | {"nl", e_nlsel}, |
| 935 | {"nlr", e_nlrsel}, |
| 936 | {"p", e_psel}, |
| 937 | {"r", e_rsel}, |
| 938 | {"rd", e_rdsel}, |
| 939 | {"rp", e_rpsel}, |
| 940 | {"rr", e_rrsel}, |
| 941 | {"rs", e_rssel}, |
| 942 | {"rt", e_rtsel}, |
| 943 | {"rtp", e_rtpsel}, |
| 944 | {"t", e_tsel}, |
| 945 | }; |
| 946 | |
| 947 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 948 | /* default space and subspace dictionaries */ |
| 949 | |
| 950 | #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME |
| 951 | #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME |
| 952 | |
| 953 | /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */ |
| 954 | #define SUBSEG_CODE 0 |
| 955 | #define SUBSEG_LIT 1 |
| 956 | #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2 |
| 957 | #define SUBSEG_DATA 0 |
| 958 | #define SUBSEG_BSS 2 |
| 959 | #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3 |
| 960 | #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0 |
| 961 | #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1 |
| 962 | |
| 963 | static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] = |
| 964 | { |
| 965 | {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE}, |
| 966 | {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA}, |
| 967 | {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT}, |
| 968 | {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI}, |
| 969 | {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS}, |
| 970 | {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0} |
| 971 | }; |
| 972 | |
| 973 | static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] = |
| 974 | { |
| 975 | {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL}, |
| 976 | {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL}, |
| 977 | {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL} |
| 978 | }; |
| 979 | |
| 980 | /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */ |
| 981 | |
| 982 | /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */ |
| 983 | #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined |
| 984 | #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined |
| 985 | #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum |
| 986 | #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name |
| 987 | |
| 988 | #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined |
| 989 | #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name |
| 990 | #endif |
| 991 | |
| 992 | /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents |
| 993 | a right or left half of a FP register */ |
| 994 | #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r') |
| 995 | #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l') |
| 996 | |
| 997 | /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */ |
| 998 | |
| 999 | #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \ |
| 1000 | { \ |
| 1001 | if (immediate_check) \ |
| 1002 | { \ |
| 1003 | if (pos == -1) \ |
| 1004 | pos = (VALUE); \ |
| 1005 | else if (len == -1) \ |
| 1006 | len = (VALUE); \ |
| 1007 | } \ |
| 1008 | } |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip |
| 1011 | main loop after insertion. */ |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \ |
| 1014 | { \ |
| 1015 | ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \ |
| 1016 | continue; \ |
| 1017 | } |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds. |
| 1020 | IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \ |
| 1023 | { \ |
| 1024 | if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ |
| 1025 | { \ |
| 1026 | if (! IGNORE) \ |
| 1027 | as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ |
| 1028 | (int) (FIELD));\ |
| 1029 | break; \ |
| 1030 | } \ |
| 1031 | } |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where |
| 1034 | the current file and line number are not valid. */ |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \ |
| 1037 | { \ |
| 1038 | if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ |
| 1039 | { \ |
| 1040 | as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \ |
| 1041 | _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ |
| 1042 | (int) (FIELD));\ |
| 1043 | break; \ |
| 1044 | } \ |
| 1045 | } |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two). |
| 1048 | IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \ |
| 1051 | { \ |
| 1052 | if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \ |
| 1053 | { \ |
| 1054 | if (! IGNORE) \ |
| 1055 | as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \ |
| 1056 | (int) (FIELD));\ |
| 1057 | break; \ |
| 1058 | } \ |
| 1059 | } |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | #define is_DP_relative(exp) \ |
| 1062 | ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ |
| 1063 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0) |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | #define is_SB_relative(exp) \ |
| 1066 | ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ |
| 1067 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0) |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | #define is_PC_relative(exp) \ |
| 1070 | ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ |
| 1071 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0) |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 | #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \ |
| 1074 | ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ |
| 1075 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0) |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \ |
| 1078 | ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ |
| 1079 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0) |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \ |
| 1082 | ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ |
| 1083 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0) |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \ |
| 1086 | ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ |
| 1087 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0) |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \ |
| 1090 | ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ |
| 1091 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0) |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll |
| 1094 | always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't |
| 1095 | need real complex handling yet. */ |
| 1096 | #define is_complex(exp) \ |
| 1097 | ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol) |
| 1098 | |
| 1099 | /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */ |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and |
| 1102 | proc/procend pairs match. */ |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | void |
| 1105 | pa_check_eof (void) |
| 1106 | { |
| 1107 | if (within_entry_exit) |
| 1108 | as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n")); |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | if (within_procedure) |
| 1111 | as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n")); |
| 1112 | } |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space. |
| 1115 | or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */ |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | static label_symbol_struct * |
| 1118 | pa_get_label (void) |
| 1119 | { |
| 1120 | label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 | if (label_chain) |
| 1123 | { |
| 1124 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 1125 | if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label) |
| 1126 | return label_chain; |
| 1127 | #endif |
| 1128 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1129 | if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label) |
| 1130 | return label_chain; |
| 1131 | #endif |
| 1132 | } |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | return NULL; |
| 1135 | } |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined, |
| 1138 | this function will replace it with the new label. */ |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | void |
| 1141 | pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol) |
| 1142 | { |
| 1143 | label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | if (!label_chain) |
| 1146 | label_chain = &last_label_symbol; |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | label_chain->lss_label = symbol; |
| 1149 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 1150 | label_chain->lss_space = current_space; |
| 1151 | #endif |
| 1152 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1153 | label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg; |
| 1154 | #endif |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | /* Not used. */ |
| 1157 | label_chain->lss_next = NULL; |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | label_symbols_rootp = label_chain; |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1162 | dwarf2_emit_label (symbol); |
| 1163 | #endif |
| 1164 | } |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | /* Removes a label definition for the current space. |
| 1167 | If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */ |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | static void |
| 1170 | pa_undefine_label (void) |
| 1171 | { |
| 1172 | label_symbols_rootp = NULL; |
| 1173 | } |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA |
| 1176 | code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa |
| 1177 | results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An |
| 1178 | hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the |
| 1179 | original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the |
| 1180 | tc_fix_data field. */ |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | static void |
| 1183 | fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, |
| 1184 | int where, |
| 1185 | int size, |
| 1186 | symbolS *add_symbol, |
| 1187 | offsetT offset, |
| 1188 | expressionS *exp, |
| 1189 | int pcrel, |
| 1190 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type, |
| 1191 | enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field, |
| 1192 | int r_format, |
| 1193 | unsigned int arg_reloc, |
| 1194 | int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1195 | { |
| 1196 | fixS *new_fix; |
| 1197 | struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | if (exp != NULL) |
| 1200 | new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type); |
| 1201 | else |
| 1202 | new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type); |
| 1203 | new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; |
| 1204 | hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type; |
| 1205 | hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field; |
| 1206 | hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format; |
| 1207 | hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc; |
| 1208 | hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; |
| 1209 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 1210 | if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT) |
| 1211 | new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits; |
| 1212 | #endif |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$ |
| 1215 | is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate |
| 1216 | it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */ |
| 1217 | if (new_fix->fx_subsy |
| 1218 | && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0 |
| 1219 | || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0 |
| 1220 | || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0 |
| 1221 | || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0 |
| 1222 | || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0 |
| 1223 | || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0 |
| 1224 | || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0 |
| 1225 | || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)) |
| 1226 | new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL; |
| 1227 | } |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW. |
| 1230 | hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */ |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | void |
| 1233 | cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp, |
| 1234 | int hppa_field_selector) |
| 1235 | { |
| 1236 | unsigned int rel_type; |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | /* Get a base relocation type. */ |
| 1239 | if (is_DP_relative (*exp)) |
| 1240 | rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; |
| 1241 | else if (is_PC_relative (*exp)) |
| 1242 | rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 1243 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1244 | else if (is_SB_relative (*exp)) |
| 1245 | rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; |
| 1246 | else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp)) |
| 1247 | rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; |
| 1248 | else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp)) |
| 1249 | rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; |
| 1250 | else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp)) |
| 1251 | rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; |
| 1252 | else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp)) |
| 1253 | rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; |
| 1254 | else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp)) |
| 1255 | rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; |
| 1256 | #endif |
| 1257 | else if (is_complex (*exp)) |
| 1258 | rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX; |
| 1259 | else |
| 1260 | rel_type = R_HPPA; |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel) |
| 1263 | { |
| 1264 | as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%.")); |
| 1265 | hppa_field_selector = e_fsel; |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, |
| 1269 | (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type, |
| 1270 | hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0); |
| 1271 | } |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */ |
| 1274 | |
| 1275 | static void |
| 1276 | get_expression (char *str) |
| 1277 | { |
| 1278 | char *save_in; |
| 1279 | asection *seg; |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | save_in = input_line_pointer; |
| 1282 | input_line_pointer = str; |
| 1283 | seg = expression (&the_insn.exp); |
| 1284 | if (!(seg == absolute_section |
| 1285 | || seg == undefined_section |
| 1286 | || SEG_NORMAL (seg))) |
| 1287 | { |
| 1288 | as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression.")); |
| 1289 | expr_end = input_line_pointer; |
| 1290 | input_line_pointer = save_in; |
| 1291 | return; |
| 1292 | } |
| 1293 | expr_end = input_line_pointer; |
| 1294 | input_line_pointer = save_in; |
| 1295 | } |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the |
| 1298 | completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */ |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 | static int |
| 1301 | pa_parse_nullif (char **s) |
| 1302 | { |
| 1303 | int nullif; |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 | nullif = 0; |
| 1306 | if (**s == ',') |
| 1307 | { |
| 1308 | *s = *s + 1; |
| 1309 | if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0) |
| 1310 | nullif = 1; |
| 1311 | else |
| 1312 | { |
| 1313 | as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s); |
| 1314 | nullif = 0; |
| 1315 | } |
| 1316 | *s = *s + 1; |
| 1317 | } |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | return nullif; |
| 1320 | } |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | const char * |
| 1323 | md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP) |
| 1324 | { |
| 1325 | return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE); |
| 1326 | } |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | /* Write out big-endian. */ |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 | void |
| 1331 | md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n) |
| 1332 | { |
| 1333 | number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n); |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target |
| 1337 | format. */ |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 | arelent ** |
| 1340 | tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp) |
| 1341 | { |
| 1342 | arelent *reloc; |
| 1343 | struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; |
| 1344 | static arelent *no_relocs = NULL; |
| 1345 | arelent **relocs; |
| 1346 | reloc_type **codes; |
| 1347 | reloc_type code; |
| 1348 | int n_relocs; |
| 1349 | int i; |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 | hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; |
| 1352 | if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0) |
| 1353 | return &no_relocs; |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0); |
| 1356 | gas_assert (section != 0); |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | reloc = XNEW (arelent); |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); |
| 1361 | *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations. |
| 1364 | When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */ |
| 1365 | /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr, |
| 1366 | undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail |
| 1367 | when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */ |
| 1368 | if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX |
| 1369 | && fixp->fx_pcrel) |
| 1370 | { |
| 1371 | fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 1372 | fixp->fx_offset += 8; |
| 1373 | } |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput, |
| 1376 | fixp->fx_r_type, |
| 1377 | hppa_fixp->fx_r_format, |
| 1378 | hppa_fixp->fx_r_field, |
| 1379 | fixp->fx_subsy != NULL, |
| 1380 | symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)); |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | if (codes == NULL) |
| 1383 | { |
| 1384 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup")); |
| 1385 | abort (); |
| 1386 | } |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++) |
| 1389 | ; |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1); |
| 1392 | reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs); |
| 1393 | for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) |
| 1394 | relocs[i] = &reloc[i]; |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | relocs[n_relocs] = NULL; |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1399 | switch (fixp->fx_r_type) |
| 1400 | { |
| 1401 | default: |
| 1402 | gas_assert (n_relocs == 1); |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 | code = *codes[0]; |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */ |
| 1407 | switch (code) |
| 1408 | { |
| 1409 | case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: |
| 1410 | case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: |
| 1411 | case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F: |
| 1412 | case R_PARISC_PLABEL32: |
| 1413 | case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L: |
| 1414 | case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: |
| 1415 | /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the |
| 1416 | relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 |
| 1417 | (static link required). This adjustment is done in |
| 1418 | bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section. |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; |
| 1421 | it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since |
| 1422 | it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ |
| 1423 | reloc->addend = 0; |
| 1424 | break; |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC |
| 1427 | case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: |
| 1428 | case R_PARISC_PCREL17F: |
| 1429 | case R_PARISC_PCREL17C: |
| 1430 | case R_PARISC_DIR17R: |
| 1431 | case R_PARISC_DIR17F: |
| 1432 | case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: |
| 1433 | case R_PARISC_DIR21L: |
| 1434 | reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, |
| 1435 | fixp->fx_offset); |
| 1436 | break; |
| 1437 | #endif |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | case R_PARISC_DIR32: |
| 1440 | /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */ |
| 1441 | if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0) |
| 1442 | code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; |
| 1443 | /* Fall thru */ |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | default: |
| 1446 | reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset; |
| 1447 | break; |
| 1448 | } |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 | reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); |
| 1451 | *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); |
| 1452 | reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, |
| 1453 | (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); |
| 1454 | reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type); |
| 1457 | break; |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | #else /* OBJ_SOM */ |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */ |
| 1462 | for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) |
| 1463 | { |
| 1464 | code = *codes[i]; |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); |
| 1467 | *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); |
| 1468 | relocs[i]->howto = |
| 1469 | bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, |
| 1470 | (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); |
| 1471 | relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | switch (code) |
| 1474 | { |
| 1475 | case R_COMP2: |
| 1476 | /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference |
| 1477 | of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four |
| 1478 | relocs now and break out of the loop. */ |
| 1479 | gas_assert (i == 1); |
| 1480 | relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr |
| 1481 | = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; |
| 1482 | relocs[0]->howto |
| 1483 | = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, |
| 1484 | (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]); |
| 1485 | relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 1486 | relocs[0]->addend = 0; |
| 1487 | relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); |
| 1488 | *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); |
| 1489 | relocs[1]->howto |
| 1490 | = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, |
| 1491 | (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]); |
| 1492 | relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 1493 | relocs[1]->addend = 0; |
| 1494 | relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); |
| 1495 | *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy); |
| 1496 | relocs[2]->howto |
| 1497 | = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, |
| 1498 | (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]); |
| 1499 | relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 1500 | relocs[2]->addend = 0; |
| 1501 | relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr |
| 1502 | = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; |
| 1503 | relocs[3]->howto |
| 1504 | = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, |
| 1505 | (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]); |
| 1506 | relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 1507 | relocs[3]->addend = 0; |
| 1508 | relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr |
| 1509 | = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; |
| 1510 | relocs[4]->howto |
| 1511 | = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, |
| 1512 | (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]); |
| 1513 | relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 1514 | relocs[4]->addend = 0; |
| 1515 | goto done; |
| 1516 | case R_PCREL_CALL: |
| 1517 | case R_ABS_CALL: |
| 1518 | relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0); |
| 1519 | break; |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | case R_DLT_REL: |
| 1522 | case R_DATA_PLABEL: |
| 1523 | case R_CODE_PLABEL: |
| 1524 | /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the |
| 1525 | relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 |
| 1526 | (static link required). |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | FIXME: We always assume no static link! |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; |
| 1531 | it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since |
| 1532 | it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ |
| 1533 | relocs[i]->addend = 0; |
| 1534 | break; |
| 1535 | |
| 1536 | case R_N_MODE: |
| 1537 | case R_S_MODE: |
| 1538 | case R_D_MODE: |
| 1539 | case R_R_MODE: |
| 1540 | case R_FSEL: |
| 1541 | case R_LSEL: |
| 1542 | case R_RSEL: |
| 1543 | case R_BEGIN_BRTAB: |
| 1544 | case R_END_BRTAB: |
| 1545 | case R_BEGIN_TRY: |
| 1546 | case R_N0SEL: |
| 1547 | case R_N1SEL: |
| 1548 | /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */ |
| 1549 | relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); |
| 1550 | *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); |
| 1551 | relocs[i]->addend = 0; |
| 1552 | break; |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | case R_END_TRY: |
| 1555 | case R_ENTRY: |
| 1556 | case R_EXIT: |
| 1557 | /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */ |
| 1558 | relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); |
| 1559 | *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); |
| 1560 | relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; |
| 1561 | break; |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | default: |
| 1564 | relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; |
| 1565 | } |
| 1566 | } |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 | done: |
| 1569 | #endif |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | return relocs; |
| 1572 | } |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */ |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | void |
| 1577 | md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1578 | asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1579 | fragS *fragP) |
| 1580 | { |
| 1581 | unsigned int address; |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent) |
| 1584 | { |
| 1585 | switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype) |
| 1586 | { |
| 1587 | case 0: |
| 1588 | fragP->fr_type = rs_fill; |
| 1589 | know (fragP->fr_var == 1); |
| 1590 | know (fragP->fr_next); |
| 1591 | address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix; |
| 1592 | if (address % fragP->fr_offset) |
| 1593 | { |
| 1594 | fragP->fr_offset = |
| 1595 | fragP->fr_next->fr_address |
| 1596 | - fragP->fr_address |
| 1597 | - fragP->fr_fix; |
| 1598 | } |
| 1599 | else |
| 1600 | fragP->fr_offset = 0; |
| 1601 | break; |
| 1602 | } |
| 1603 | } |
| 1604 | } |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */ |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 | valueT |
| 1609 | md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size) |
| 1610 | { |
| 1611 | int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment); |
| 1612 | int align2 = (1 << align) - 1; |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 | return (size + align2) & ~align2; |
| 1615 | } |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */ |
| 1618 | |
| 1619 | int |
| 1620 | md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1621 | { |
| 1622 | int size; |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | size = 0; |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset) |
| 1627 | size++; |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | return size; |
| 1630 | } |
| 1631 | \f |
| 1632 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1633 | # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS |
| 1634 | const char *md_shortopts = "Vc"; |
| 1635 | # else |
| 1636 | const char *md_shortopts = "V"; |
| 1637 | # endif |
| 1638 | #else |
| 1639 | # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS |
| 1640 | const char *md_shortopts = "c"; |
| 1641 | # else |
| 1642 | const char *md_shortopts = ""; |
| 1643 | # endif |
| 1644 | #endif |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | struct option md_longopts[] = |
| 1647 | { |
| 1648 | #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS |
| 1649 | {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'}, |
| 1650 | #endif |
| 1651 | {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} |
| 1652 | }; |
| 1653 | size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts); |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | int |
| 1656 | md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1657 | { |
| 1658 | switch (c) |
| 1659 | { |
| 1660 | default: |
| 1661 | return 0; |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1664 | case 'V': |
| 1665 | print_version_id (); |
| 1666 | break; |
| 1667 | #endif |
| 1668 | #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS |
| 1669 | case 'c': |
| 1670 | warn_comment = 1; |
| 1671 | break; |
| 1672 | #endif |
| 1673 | } |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 | return 1; |
| 1676 | } |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 | void |
| 1679 | md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1680 | { |
| 1681 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1682 | fprintf (stream, _("\ |
| 1683 | -Q ignored\n")); |
| 1684 | #endif |
| 1685 | #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS |
| 1686 | fprintf (stream, _("\ |
| 1687 | -c print a warning if a comment is found\n")); |
| 1688 | #endif |
| 1689 | } |
| 1690 | \f |
| 1691 | /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */ |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 | symbolS * |
| 1694 | md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1695 | { |
| 1696 | return NULL; |
| 1697 | } |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) |
| 1700 | #define nonzero_dibits(x) \ |
| 1701 | ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1)) |
| 1702 | #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \ |
| 1703 | (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE)) |
| 1704 | #else |
| 1705 | #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0 |
| 1706 | #endif |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */ |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | void |
| 1711 | md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1712 | { |
| 1713 | char *fixpos; |
| 1714 | struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP; |
| 1715 | offsetT new_val; |
| 1716 | int insn, val, fmt; |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can |
| 1719 | never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for |
| 1720 | R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */ |
| 1721 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 1722 | if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY |
| 1723 | || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT |
| 1724 | || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB |
| 1725 | || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB |
| 1726 | || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY) |
| 1727 | return; |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY |
| 1730 | fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes |
| 1731 | adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */ |
| 1732 | if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY) |
| 1733 | { |
| 1734 | fixP->fx_offset = * valP; |
| 1735 | return; |
| 1736 | } |
| 1737 | #endif |
| 1738 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1739 | if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY |
| 1740 | || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT) |
| 1741 | return; |
| 1742 | #endif |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0) |
| 1745 | fixP->fx_done = 1; |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 | /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */ |
| 1748 | hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data; |
| 1749 | if (hppa_fixP == NULL) |
| 1750 | { |
| 1751 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 1752 | _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"), |
| 1753 | fixP->fx_r_type); |
| 1754 | return; |
| 1755 | } |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32) |
| 1760 | { |
| 1761 | /* Handle constant output. */ |
| 1762 | number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size); |
| 1763 | return; |
| 1764 | } |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos); |
| 1767 | fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn); |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something |
| 1770 | which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs). |
| 1771 | In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it |
| 1772 | will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */ |
| 1773 | if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL |
| 1774 | || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE) |
| 1775 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 1776 | && fmt != 32 |
| 1777 | #endif |
| 1778 | ) |
| 1779 | new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); |
| 1780 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 1781 | /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */ |
| 1782 | else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel |
| 1783 | || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel |
| 1784 | || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel |
| 1785 | || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel |
| 1786 | || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel |
| 1787 | || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel) |
| 1788 | new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); |
| 1789 | #endif |
| 1790 | else |
| 1791 | new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */ |
| 1794 | if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) |
| 1795 | && fixP->fx_addsy |
| 1796 | && fixP->fx_pcrel |
| 1797 | && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy), |
| 1798 | hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc) |
| 1799 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1800 | && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384 |
| 1801 | || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288) |
| 1802 | || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) |
| 1803 | #endif |
| 1804 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 1805 | && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288 |
| 1806 | || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) |
| 1807 | #endif |
| 1808 | && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy) |
| 1809 | && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy) |
| 1810 | && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment |
| 1811 | && !(fixP->fx_subsy |
| 1812 | && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment)) |
| 1813 | { |
| 1814 | new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); |
| 1815 | } |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | switch (fmt) |
| 1818 | { |
| 1819 | case 10: |
| 1820 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, |
| 1821 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1822 | val = new_val; |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1) |
| 1825 | | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); |
| 1826 | break; |
| 1827 | case -11: |
| 1828 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, |
| 1829 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1830 | val = new_val; |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1) |
| 1833 | | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); |
| 1834 | break; |
| 1835 | /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */ |
| 1836 | case 14: |
| 1837 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, |
| 1838 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1839 | val = new_val; |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14)); |
| 1842 | break; |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */ |
| 1845 | case 21: |
| 1846 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, |
| 1847 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1848 | val = new_val; |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val); |
| 1851 | break; |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */ |
| 1854 | case 11: |
| 1855 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024, |
| 1856 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1857 | val = new_val; |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11); |
| 1860 | break; |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */ |
| 1863 | case 12: |
| 1864 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, |
| 1865 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1866 | val = new_val - 8; |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2); |
| 1869 | break; |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */ |
| 1872 | case 17: |
| 1873 | { |
| 1874 | offsetT distance = * valP; |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of |
| 1877 | range target, then we want to complain. */ |
| 1878 | if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL |
| 1879 | && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) |
| 1880 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, |
| 1881 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, |
| 1884 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1885 | val = new_val - 8; |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2); |
| 1888 | break; |
| 1889 | } |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 | case 22: |
| 1892 | { |
| 1893 | offsetT distance = * valP; |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of |
| 1896 | range target, then we want to complain. */ |
| 1897 | if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL |
| 1898 | && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) |
| 1899 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, |
| 1900 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, |
| 1903 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 1904 | val = new_val - 8; |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2); |
| 1907 | break; |
| 1908 | } |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | case -10: |
| 1911 | val = new_val; |
| 1912 | insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8); |
| 1913 | break; |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | case -16: |
| 1916 | val = new_val; |
| 1917 | insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4); |
| 1918 | break; |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 | case 16: |
| 1921 | val = new_val; |
| 1922 | insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val); |
| 1923 | break; |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | case 32: |
| 1926 | insn = new_val; |
| 1927 | break; |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | default: |
| 1930 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 1931 | _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix.")); |
| 1932 | return; |
| 1933 | } |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1936 | switch (fixP->fx_r_type) |
| 1937 | { |
| 1938 | case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L: |
| 1939 | case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R: |
| 1940 | case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L: |
| 1941 | case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R: |
| 1942 | case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L: |
| 1943 | case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R: |
| 1944 | case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L: |
| 1945 | case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R: |
| 1946 | if (fixP->fx_addsy) |
| 1947 | S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy); |
| 1948 | break; |
| 1949 | default: |
| 1950 | break; |
| 1951 | } |
| 1952 | #endif |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | /* Insert the relocation. */ |
| 1955 | bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos); |
| 1956 | } |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 | /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO? |
| 1959 | On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */ |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | long |
| 1962 | md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP) |
| 1963 | { |
| 1964 | return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address; |
| 1965 | } |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 | /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of |
| 1968 | a statement. */ |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | static int |
| 1971 | is_end_of_statement (void) |
| 1972 | { |
| 1973 | return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n') |
| 1974 | || (*input_line_pointer == ';') |
| 1975 | || (*input_line_pointer == '!')); |
| 1976 | } |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg)) |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return |
| 1981 | the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */ |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | static int |
| 1984 | reg_name_search (char *name) |
| 1985 | { |
| 1986 | int middle, low, high; |
| 1987 | int cmp; |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | low = 0; |
| 1990 | high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1; |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | do |
| 1993 | { |
| 1994 | middle = (low + high) / 2; |
| 1995 | cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name); |
| 1996 | if (cmp < 0) |
| 1997 | high = middle - 1; |
| 1998 | else if (cmp > 0) |
| 1999 | low = middle + 1; |
| 2000 | else |
| 2001 | return pre_defined_registers[middle].value; |
| 2002 | } |
| 2003 | while (low <= high); |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 | return -1; |
| 2006 | } |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 | /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms, |
| 2009 | the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be |
| 2010 | a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol. |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing |
| 2013 | register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is |
| 2014 | returned in `pa_number'. |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 | IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be |
| 2017 | parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is |
| 2018 | not set. |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 | pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail |
| 2021 | horribly if it is passed such a constant. */ |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | static int |
| 2024 | pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float) |
| 2025 | { |
| 2026 | int num; |
| 2027 | char *name; |
| 2028 | char c; |
| 2029 | symbolS *sym; |
| 2030 | int status; |
| 2031 | char *p = *s; |
| 2032 | bfd_boolean have_prefix; |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | /* Skip whitespace before the number. */ |
| 2035 | while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') |
| 2036 | p = p + 1; |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | pa_number = -1; |
| 2039 | have_prefix = 0; |
| 2040 | num = 0; |
| 2041 | if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p)) |
| 2042 | { |
| 2043 | /* Looks like a number. */ |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 | if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X')) |
| 2046 | { |
| 2047 | /* The number is specified in hex. */ |
| 2048 | p += 2; |
| 2049 | while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f')) |
| 2050 | || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F'))) |
| 2051 | { |
| 2052 | if (ISDIGIT (*p)) |
| 2053 | num = num * 16 + *p - '0'; |
| 2054 | else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f') |
| 2055 | num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10; |
| 2056 | else |
| 2057 | num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10; |
| 2058 | ++p; |
| 2059 | } |
| 2060 | } |
| 2061 | else |
| 2062 | { |
| 2063 | /* The number is specified in decimal. */ |
| 2064 | while (ISDIGIT (*p)) |
| 2065 | { |
| 2066 | num = num * 10 + *p - '0'; |
| 2067 | ++p; |
| 2068 | } |
| 2069 | } |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | pa_number = num; |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */ |
| 2074 | if (is_float) |
| 2075 | { |
| 2076 | pa_number += FP_REG_BASE; |
| 2077 | if (! (is_float & 2)) |
| 2078 | { |
| 2079 | if (IS_R_SELECT (p)) |
| 2080 | { |
| 2081 | pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL; |
| 2082 | ++p; |
| 2083 | } |
| 2084 | else if (IS_L_SELECT (p)) |
| 2085 | { |
| 2086 | ++p; |
| 2087 | } |
| 2088 | } |
| 2089 | } |
| 2090 | } |
| 2091 | else if (*p == '%') |
| 2092 | { |
| 2093 | /* The number might be a predefined register. */ |
| 2094 | have_prefix = 1; |
| 2095 | name = p; |
| 2096 | p++; |
| 2097 | c = *p; |
| 2098 | /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general |
| 2099 | code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY |
| 2100 | slow. */ |
| 2101 | if (c == 'r') |
| 2102 | { |
| 2103 | p++; |
| 2104 | if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't' |
| 2105 | && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1')) |
| 2106 | { |
| 2107 | p += 2; |
| 2108 | num = *p - '0' + 28; |
| 2109 | p++; |
| 2110 | } |
| 2111 | else if (*p == 'p') |
| 2112 | { |
| 2113 | num = 2; |
| 2114 | p++; |
| 2115 | } |
| 2116 | else if (!ISDIGIT (*p)) |
| 2117 | { |
| 2118 | if (print_errors) |
| 2119 | as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); |
| 2120 | num = -1; |
| 2121 | } |
| 2122 | else |
| 2123 | { |
| 2124 | do |
| 2125 | num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0'; |
| 2126 | while (ISDIGIT (*p)); |
| 2127 | } |
| 2128 | } |
| 2129 | else |
| 2130 | { |
| 2131 | /* Do a normal register search. */ |
| 2132 | while (is_part_of_name (c)) |
| 2133 | { |
| 2134 | p = p + 1; |
| 2135 | c = *p; |
| 2136 | } |
| 2137 | *p = 0; |
| 2138 | status = reg_name_search (name); |
| 2139 | if (status >= 0) |
| 2140 | num = status; |
| 2141 | else |
| 2142 | { |
| 2143 | if (print_errors) |
| 2144 | as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); |
| 2145 | num = -1; |
| 2146 | } |
| 2147 | *p = c; |
| 2148 | } |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 | pa_number = num; |
| 2151 | } |
| 2152 | else |
| 2153 | { |
| 2154 | /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which |
| 2155 | is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */ |
| 2156 | name = p; |
| 2157 | c = *p; |
| 2158 | while (is_part_of_name (c)) |
| 2159 | { |
| 2160 | p = p + 1; |
| 2161 | c = *p; |
| 2162 | } |
| 2163 | *p = 0; |
| 2164 | if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL) |
| 2165 | { |
| 2166 | if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section) |
| 2167 | { |
| 2168 | num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); |
| 2169 | /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a |
| 2170 | register, so... */ |
| 2171 | have_prefix = TRUE; |
| 2172 | } |
| 2173 | else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr) |
| 2174 | num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); |
| 2175 | else if (!strict) |
| 2176 | { |
| 2177 | if (print_errors) |
| 2178 | as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name); |
| 2179 | num = -1; |
| 2180 | } |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | else if (!strict) |
| 2183 | { |
| 2184 | /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol |
| 2185 | or for an empty string. For an empty string we |
| 2186 | will return zero. That's a concession made for |
| 2187 | compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */ |
| 2188 | if (*name == 0) |
| 2189 | num = 0; |
| 2190 | else |
| 2191 | { |
| 2192 | if (print_errors) |
| 2193 | as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name); |
| 2194 | num = -1; |
| 2195 | } |
| 2196 | } |
| 2197 | *p = c; |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | pa_number = num; |
| 2200 | } |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 | if (!strict || have_prefix) |
| 2203 | { |
| 2204 | *s = p; |
| 2205 | return 1; |
| 2206 | } |
| 2207 | return 0; |
| 2208 | } |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require |
| 2211 | a new PA-1.1 opcode. */ |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | static int |
| 2214 | need_pa11_opcode (void) |
| 2215 | { |
| 2216 | if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0 |
| 2217 | && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL)) |
| 2218 | { |
| 2219 | /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, |
| 2220 | then set a new architecture. */ |
| 2221 | if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11) |
| 2222 | { |
| 2223 | if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11)) |
| 2224 | as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); |
| 2225 | } |
| 2226 | return TRUE; |
| 2227 | } |
| 2228 | else |
| 2229 | return FALSE; |
| 2230 | } |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical |
| 2233 | code associated with the condition. */ |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | static int |
| 2236 | pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s) |
| 2237 | { |
| 2238 | int cond, i; |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 | cond = 0; |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 | for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) |
| 2243 | { |
| 2244 | if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string, |
| 2245 | strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0) |
| 2246 | { |
| 2247 | cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond; |
| 2248 | *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); |
| 2249 | /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and |
| 2250 | report an error. */ |
| 2251 | if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t') |
| 2252 | { |
| 2253 | *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); |
| 2254 | break; |
| 2255 | } |
| 2256 | while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t') |
| 2257 | *s = *s + 1; |
| 2258 | return cond; |
| 2259 | } |
| 2260 | } |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s); |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | /* Advance over the bogus completer. */ |
| 2265 | while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') |
| 2266 | *s += 1; |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | return 0; |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */ |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | static int |
| 2274 | pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s) |
| 2275 | { |
| 2276 | int value; |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | value = 0; |
| 2279 | if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0) |
| 2280 | { |
| 2281 | value = 5; |
| 2282 | *s += 4; |
| 2283 | } |
| 2284 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0) |
| 2285 | { |
| 2286 | value = 9; |
| 2287 | *s += 4; |
| 2288 | } |
| 2289 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0) |
| 2290 | { |
| 2291 | value = 13; |
| 2292 | *s += 4; |
| 2293 | } |
| 2294 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0) |
| 2295 | { |
| 2296 | value = 17; |
| 2297 | *s += 4; |
| 2298 | } |
| 2299 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0) |
| 2300 | { |
| 2301 | value = 1; |
| 2302 | *s += 3; |
| 2303 | } |
| 2304 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0) |
| 2305 | { |
| 2306 | value = 6; |
| 2307 | *s += 4; |
| 2308 | } |
| 2309 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0) |
| 2310 | { |
| 2311 | value = 2; |
| 2312 | *s += 3; |
| 2313 | } |
| 2314 | else |
| 2315 | { |
| 2316 | value = 0; |
| 2317 | as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s); |
| 2318 | } |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | return value; |
| 2321 | } |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer |
| 2324 | type. */ |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | static fp_operand_format |
| 2327 | pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s) |
| 2328 | { |
| 2329 | int format; |
| 2330 | |
| 2331 | format = SGL; |
| 2332 | if (**s == ',') |
| 2333 | { |
| 2334 | *s += 1; |
| 2335 | if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) |
| 2336 | { |
| 2337 | format = SGL; |
| 2338 | *s += 4; |
| 2339 | } |
| 2340 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) |
| 2341 | { |
| 2342 | format = DBL; |
| 2343 | *s += 4; |
| 2344 | } |
| 2345 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) |
| 2346 | { |
| 2347 | format = QUAD; |
| 2348 | *s += 5; |
| 2349 | } |
| 2350 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0) |
| 2351 | { |
| 2352 | format = W; |
| 2353 | *s += 2; |
| 2354 | } |
| 2355 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0) |
| 2356 | { |
| 2357 | format = UW; |
| 2358 | *s += 3; |
| 2359 | } |
| 2360 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0) |
| 2361 | { |
| 2362 | format = DW; |
| 2363 | *s += 3; |
| 2364 | } |
| 2365 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0) |
| 2366 | { |
| 2367 | format = UDW; |
| 2368 | *s += 4; |
| 2369 | } |
| 2370 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0) |
| 2371 | { |
| 2372 | format = QW; |
| 2373 | *s += 3; |
| 2374 | } |
| 2375 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0) |
| 2376 | { |
| 2377 | format = UQW; |
| 2378 | *s += 4; |
| 2379 | } |
| 2380 | else |
| 2381 | { |
| 2382 | format = ILLEGAL_FMT; |
| 2383 | as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); |
| 2384 | } |
| 2385 | } |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | return format; |
| 2388 | } |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer |
| 2391 | type. */ |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | static fp_operand_format |
| 2394 | pa_parse_fp_format (char **s) |
| 2395 | { |
| 2396 | int format; |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | format = SGL; |
| 2399 | if (**s == ',') |
| 2400 | { |
| 2401 | *s += 1; |
| 2402 | if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) |
| 2403 | { |
| 2404 | format = SGL; |
| 2405 | *s += 4; |
| 2406 | } |
| 2407 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) |
| 2408 | { |
| 2409 | format = DBL; |
| 2410 | *s += 4; |
| 2411 | } |
| 2412 | else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) |
| 2413 | { |
| 2414 | format = QUAD; |
| 2415 | *s += 5; |
| 2416 | } |
| 2417 | else |
| 2418 | { |
| 2419 | format = ILLEGAL_FMT; |
| 2420 | as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); |
| 2421 | } |
| 2422 | } |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | return format; |
| 2425 | } |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */ |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | static int |
| 2430 | pa_chk_field_selector (char **str) |
| 2431 | { |
| 2432 | int middle, low, high; |
| 2433 | int cmp; |
| 2434 | char name[4]; |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 | /* Read past any whitespace. */ |
| 2437 | /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */ |
| 2438 | while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f') |
| 2439 | *str = *str + 1; |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%') |
| 2442 | name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), |
| 2443 | name[1] = 0; |
| 2444 | else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%') |
| 2445 | name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), |
| 2446 | name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), |
| 2447 | name[2] = 0; |
| 2448 | else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%') |
| 2449 | name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), |
| 2450 | name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), |
| 2451 | name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]), |
| 2452 | name[3] = 0; |
| 2453 | else |
| 2454 | return e_fsel; |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | low = 0; |
| 2457 | high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1; |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | do |
| 2460 | { |
| 2461 | middle = (low + high) / 2; |
| 2462 | cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix); |
| 2463 | if (cmp < 0) |
| 2464 | high = middle - 1; |
| 2465 | else if (cmp > 0) |
| 2466 | low = middle + 1; |
| 2467 | else |
| 2468 | { |
| 2469 | *str += strlen (name) + 1; |
| 2470 | #ifndef OBJ_SOM |
| 2471 | if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel) |
| 2472 | return e_fsel; |
| 2473 | #endif |
| 2474 | return selector_table[middle].field_selector; |
| 2475 | } |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | while (low <= high); |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 | return e_fsel; |
| 2480 | } |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by |
| 2483 | cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */ |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | int |
| 2486 | parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp) |
| 2487 | { |
| 2488 | int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer); |
| 2489 | expression (exp); |
| 2490 | return hppa_field_selector; |
| 2491 | } |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by |
| 2494 | the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */ |
| 2495 | static int |
| 2496 | evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn) |
| 2497 | { |
| 2498 | offsetT value; |
| 2499 | expressionS exp; |
| 2500 | int field_selector = insn->field_selector; |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | exp = insn->exp; |
| 2503 | value = exp.X_add_number; |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 | return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector); |
| 2506 | } |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 | /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */ |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | static int |
| 2511 | pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) |
| 2512 | { |
| 2513 | char *save_in; |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp); |
| 2516 | save_in = input_line_pointer; |
| 2517 | input_line_pointer = *strp; |
| 2518 | expression (&insn->exp); |
| 2519 | expr_end = input_line_pointer; |
| 2520 | input_line_pointer = save_in; |
| 2521 | if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 2522 | { |
| 2523 | /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */ |
| 2524 | if (!strict) |
| 2525 | as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute).")); |
| 2526 | return 0; |
| 2527 | } |
| 2528 | return evaluate_absolute (insn); |
| 2529 | } |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 | /* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the |
| 2532 | first whitespace character. */ |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | static int |
| 2535 | pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) |
| 2536 | { |
| 2537 | char *save_in; |
| 2538 | char *s, c; |
| 2539 | int result; |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | save_in = input_line_pointer; |
| 2542 | input_line_pointer = *strp; |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 | /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider |
| 2545 | this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register |
| 2546 | r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the |
| 2547 | coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling |
| 2548 | pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered |
| 2549 | in the symbol table. |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string |
| 2552 | at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally |
| 2553 | contain no whitespace. */ |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | s = *strp; |
| 2556 | while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') |
| 2557 | s++; |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | c = *s; |
| 2560 | *s = 0; |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp); |
| 2563 | |
| 2564 | input_line_pointer = save_in; |
| 2565 | *s = c; |
| 2566 | return result; |
| 2567 | } |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | /* Given an argument location specification return the associated |
| 2570 | argument location number. */ |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | static unsigned int |
| 2573 | pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name) |
| 2574 | { |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0) |
| 2577 | return 0; |
| 2578 | if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0) |
| 2579 | return 1; |
| 2580 | else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0) |
| 2581 | return 2; |
| 2582 | else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0) |
| 2583 | return 3; |
| 2584 | else |
| 2585 | as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name); |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | return 0; |
| 2588 | } |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for |
| 2591 | the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */ |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | static unsigned int |
| 2594 | pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc) |
| 2595 | { |
| 2596 | unsigned int new_reloc; |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 | new_reloc = arg_reloc; |
| 2599 | switch (reg) |
| 2600 | { |
| 2601 | case 0: |
| 2602 | new_reloc <<= 8; |
| 2603 | break; |
| 2604 | case 1: |
| 2605 | new_reloc <<= 6; |
| 2606 | break; |
| 2607 | case 2: |
| 2608 | new_reloc <<= 4; |
| 2609 | break; |
| 2610 | case 3: |
| 2611 | new_reloc <<= 2; |
| 2612 | break; |
| 2613 | default: |
| 2614 | as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg); |
| 2615 | } |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | return new_reloc; |
| 2618 | } |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the |
| 2621 | number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | static int |
| 2624 | pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) |
| 2625 | { |
| 2626 | int cmpltr; |
| 2627 | char *name = *s + 1; |
| 2628 | char c; |
| 2629 | char *save_s = *s; |
| 2630 | int nullify = 0; |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 2633 | if (**s == ',') |
| 2634 | { |
| 2635 | *s += 1; |
| 2636 | while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') |
| 2637 | *s += 1; |
| 2638 | c = **s; |
| 2639 | **s = 0x00; |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) |
| 2642 | { |
| 2643 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 2644 | } |
| 2645 | else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) |
| 2646 | { |
| 2647 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) |
| 2650 | { |
| 2651 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 2652 | } |
| 2653 | else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0) |
| 2654 | { |
| 2655 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 2656 | } |
| 2657 | else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0) |
| 2658 | { |
| 2659 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 2660 | } |
| 2661 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) |
| 2662 | { |
| 2663 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 2664 | } |
| 2665 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) |
| 2666 | { |
| 2667 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 2668 | } |
| 2669 | /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition |
| 2670 | completer. */ |
| 2671 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) |
| 2672 | { |
| 2673 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 2674 | nullify = 1; |
| 2675 | } |
| 2676 | else |
| 2677 | { |
| 2678 | cmpltr = -1; |
| 2679 | } |
| 2680 | **s = c; |
| 2681 | } |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ |
| 2684 | if (nullify) |
| 2685 | *s = save_s; |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | return cmpltr; |
| 2688 | } |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 | /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the |
| 2691 | number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | static int |
| 2694 | pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) |
| 2695 | { |
| 2696 | int cmpltr; |
| 2697 | char *name = *s + 1; |
| 2698 | char c; |
| 2699 | char *save_s = *s; |
| 2700 | int nullify = 0; |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 2703 | if (**s == ',') |
| 2704 | { |
| 2705 | *s += 1; |
| 2706 | while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') |
| 2707 | *s += 1; |
| 2708 | c = **s; |
| 2709 | **s = 0x00; |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) |
| 2712 | { |
| 2713 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 2714 | } |
| 2715 | else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) |
| 2716 | { |
| 2717 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 2718 | } |
| 2719 | else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) |
| 2720 | { |
| 2721 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 2722 | } |
| 2723 | else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) |
| 2724 | { |
| 2725 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 2726 | } |
| 2727 | else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0) |
| 2728 | { |
| 2729 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 2730 | } |
| 2731 | else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0) |
| 2732 | { |
| 2733 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 2734 | } |
| 2735 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) |
| 2736 | { |
| 2737 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 2738 | } |
| 2739 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) |
| 2740 | { |
| 2741 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 2742 | } |
| 2743 | /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition |
| 2744 | completer. */ |
| 2745 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) |
| 2746 | { |
| 2747 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 2748 | nullify = 1; |
| 2749 | } |
| 2750 | else |
| 2751 | { |
| 2752 | cmpltr = -1; |
| 2753 | } |
| 2754 | **s = c; |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ |
| 2758 | if (nullify) |
| 2759 | *s = save_s; |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | return cmpltr; |
| 2762 | } |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 | /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for |
| 2765 | encoding in instructions) of the given completer. |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are |
| 2768 | returned as 8-15. */ |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | static int |
| 2771 | pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s) |
| 2772 | { |
| 2773 | int cmpltr; |
| 2774 | char *name = *s + 1; |
| 2775 | char c; |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | cmpltr = -1; |
| 2778 | if (**s == ',') |
| 2779 | { |
| 2780 | *s += 1; |
| 2781 | while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') |
| 2782 | *s += 1; |
| 2783 | c = **s; |
| 2784 | **s = 0x00; |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 | if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) |
| 2787 | { |
| 2788 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 2789 | } |
| 2790 | else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) |
| 2791 | { |
| 2792 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 2793 | } |
| 2794 | else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) |
| 2795 | { |
| 2796 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 2797 | } |
| 2798 | else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) |
| 2799 | { |
| 2800 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 2801 | } |
| 2802 | else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) |
| 2803 | { |
| 2804 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 2805 | } |
| 2806 | else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0) |
| 2807 | { |
| 2808 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 2809 | } |
| 2810 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0) |
| 2811 | { |
| 2812 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 2813 | } |
| 2814 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0) |
| 2815 | { |
| 2816 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 2817 | } |
| 2818 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0) |
| 2819 | { |
| 2820 | cmpltr = 8; |
| 2821 | } |
| 2822 | else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) |
| 2823 | { |
| 2824 | cmpltr = 9; |
| 2825 | } |
| 2826 | else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0) |
| 2827 | { |
| 2828 | cmpltr = 10; |
| 2829 | } |
| 2830 | else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0) |
| 2831 | { |
| 2832 | cmpltr = 11; |
| 2833 | } |
| 2834 | else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) |
| 2835 | { |
| 2836 | cmpltr = 12; |
| 2837 | } |
| 2838 | else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0) |
| 2839 | { |
| 2840 | cmpltr = 13; |
| 2841 | } |
| 2842 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0) |
| 2843 | { |
| 2844 | cmpltr = 14; |
| 2845 | } |
| 2846 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0) |
| 2847 | { |
| 2848 | cmpltr = 15; |
| 2849 | } |
| 2850 | else |
| 2851 | { |
| 2852 | cmpltr = -1; |
| 2853 | } |
| 2854 | **s = c; |
| 2855 | } |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | return cmpltr; |
| 2858 | } |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number |
| 2861 | (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 | static int |
| 2864 | pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s) |
| 2865 | { |
| 2866 | int cmpltr; |
| 2867 | char *name = *s + 1; |
| 2868 | char c; |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | cmpltr = -1; |
| 2871 | if (**s == ',') |
| 2872 | { |
| 2873 | *s += 1; |
| 2874 | while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') |
| 2875 | *s += 1; |
| 2876 | c = **s; |
| 2877 | **s = 0x00; |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 | if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) |
| 2880 | { |
| 2881 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 2882 | } |
| 2883 | else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) |
| 2884 | { |
| 2885 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 2886 | } |
| 2887 | else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) |
| 2888 | { |
| 2889 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 2890 | } |
| 2891 | else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) |
| 2892 | { |
| 2893 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 2894 | } |
| 2895 | else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) |
| 2896 | { |
| 2897 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 2898 | } |
| 2899 | else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) |
| 2900 | { |
| 2901 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 2902 | } |
| 2903 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) |
| 2904 | { |
| 2905 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 2906 | } |
| 2907 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) |
| 2908 | { |
| 2909 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 2910 | } |
| 2911 | else |
| 2912 | { |
| 2913 | cmpltr = -1; |
| 2914 | } |
| 2915 | **s = c; |
| 2916 | } |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | return cmpltr; |
| 2919 | } |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number |
| 2922 | (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | static int |
| 2925 | pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s) |
| 2926 | { |
| 2927 | int cmpltr; |
| 2928 | char *name = *s + 1; |
| 2929 | char c; |
| 2930 | char *save_s = *s; |
| 2931 | int nullify = 0; |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 2934 | if (**s == ',') |
| 2935 | { |
| 2936 | *s += 1; |
| 2937 | while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') |
| 2938 | *s += 1; |
| 2939 | c = **s; |
| 2940 | **s = 0x00; |
| 2941 | if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) |
| 2942 | { |
| 2943 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 2944 | } |
| 2945 | else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) |
| 2946 | { |
| 2947 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 2948 | } |
| 2949 | else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) |
| 2950 | { |
| 2951 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 2952 | } |
| 2953 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) |
| 2954 | { |
| 2955 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 2956 | } |
| 2957 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) |
| 2958 | { |
| 2959 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) |
| 2962 | { |
| 2963 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 2964 | } |
| 2965 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) |
| 2966 | { |
| 2967 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 2968 | } |
| 2969 | /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition |
| 2970 | completer. */ |
| 2971 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) |
| 2972 | { |
| 2973 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 2974 | nullify = 1; |
| 2975 | } |
| 2976 | else |
| 2977 | { |
| 2978 | cmpltr = -1; |
| 2979 | } |
| 2980 | **s = c; |
| 2981 | } |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ |
| 2984 | if (nullify) |
| 2985 | *s = save_s; |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | return cmpltr; |
| 2988 | } |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number |
| 2991 | (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | static int |
| 2994 | pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s) |
| 2995 | { |
| 2996 | int cmpltr; |
| 2997 | char *name = *s + 1; |
| 2998 | char c; |
| 2999 | char *save_s = *s; |
| 3000 | int nullify = 0; |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3003 | if (**s == ',') |
| 3004 | { |
| 3005 | *s += 1; |
| 3006 | while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') |
| 3007 | *s += 1; |
| 3008 | c = **s; |
| 3009 | **s = 0x00; |
| 3010 | if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) |
| 3011 | { |
| 3012 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3013 | } |
| 3014 | else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) |
| 3015 | { |
| 3016 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 3017 | } |
| 3018 | else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) |
| 3019 | { |
| 3020 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 3021 | } |
| 3022 | else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) |
| 3023 | { |
| 3024 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 3025 | } |
| 3026 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) |
| 3027 | { |
| 3028 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 3029 | } |
| 3030 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) |
| 3031 | { |
| 3032 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 3033 | } |
| 3034 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) |
| 3035 | { |
| 3036 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 3037 | } |
| 3038 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) |
| 3039 | { |
| 3040 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 3041 | } |
| 3042 | /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition |
| 3043 | completer. */ |
| 3044 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) |
| 3045 | { |
| 3046 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3047 | nullify = 1; |
| 3048 | } |
| 3049 | else |
| 3050 | { |
| 3051 | cmpltr = -1; |
| 3052 | } |
| 3053 | **s = c; |
| 3054 | } |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ |
| 3057 | if (nullify) |
| 3058 | *s = save_s; |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | return cmpltr; |
| 3061 | } |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for |
| 3064 | encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 | static int |
| 3067 | pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s) |
| 3068 | { |
| 3069 | int cmpltr; |
| 3070 | char *name = *s + 1; |
| 3071 | char c; |
| 3072 | char *save_s = *s; |
| 3073 | int nullify = 0; |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3076 | if (**s == ',') |
| 3077 | { |
| 3078 | *s += 1; |
| 3079 | while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') |
| 3080 | *s += 1; |
| 3081 | c = **s; |
| 3082 | **s = 0x00; |
| 3083 | if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) |
| 3084 | { |
| 3085 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 3086 | } |
| 3087 | else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) |
| 3088 | { |
| 3089 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 3090 | } |
| 3091 | else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) |
| 3092 | { |
| 3093 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 3094 | } |
| 3095 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) |
| 3096 | { |
| 3097 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 3098 | } |
| 3099 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0) |
| 3100 | { |
| 3101 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 3102 | } |
| 3103 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0) |
| 3104 | { |
| 3105 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 3106 | } |
| 3107 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0) |
| 3108 | { |
| 3109 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 3110 | } |
| 3111 | else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0) |
| 3112 | { |
| 3113 | cmpltr = 8; |
| 3114 | } |
| 3115 | else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) |
| 3116 | { |
| 3117 | cmpltr = 9; |
| 3118 | } |
| 3119 | else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) |
| 3120 | { |
| 3121 | cmpltr = 10; |
| 3122 | } |
| 3123 | else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) |
| 3124 | { |
| 3125 | cmpltr = 11; |
| 3126 | } |
| 3127 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) |
| 3128 | { |
| 3129 | cmpltr = 12; |
| 3130 | } |
| 3131 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0) |
| 3132 | { |
| 3133 | cmpltr = 13; |
| 3134 | } |
| 3135 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) |
| 3136 | { |
| 3137 | cmpltr = 14; |
| 3138 | } |
| 3139 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) |
| 3140 | { |
| 3141 | cmpltr = 15; |
| 3142 | } |
| 3143 | /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition |
| 3144 | completer. */ |
| 3145 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) |
| 3146 | { |
| 3147 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3148 | nullify = 1; |
| 3149 | } |
| 3150 | else |
| 3151 | { |
| 3152 | cmpltr = -1; |
| 3153 | } |
| 3154 | **s = c; |
| 3155 | } |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 | /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ |
| 3158 | if (nullify) |
| 3159 | *s = save_s; |
| 3160 | |
| 3161 | return cmpltr; |
| 3162 | } |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results |
| 3165 | into the global "the_insn" variable. */ |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | static void |
| 3168 | pa_ip (char *str) |
| 3169 | { |
| 3170 | const char *error_message = ""; |
| 3171 | char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s; |
| 3172 | const char *args; |
| 3173 | int match = FALSE; |
| 3174 | int comma = 0; |
| 3175 | int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num; |
| 3176 | int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1; |
| 3177 | unsigned long opcode; |
| 3178 | struct pa_opcode *insn; |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 3181 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 3182 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 3183 | #endif |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower |
| 3186 | case. */ |
| 3187 | for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++) |
| 3188 | *s = TOLOWER (*s); |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | /* Skip to something interesting. */ |
| 3191 | for (s = str; |
| 3192 | ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); |
| 3193 | ++s) |
| 3194 | ; |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | switch (*s) |
| 3197 | { |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | case '\0': |
| 3200 | break; |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | case ',': |
| 3203 | comma = 1; |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | /*FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 | case ' ': |
| 3208 | *s++ = '\0'; |
| 3209 | break; |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | default: |
| 3212 | as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); |
| 3213 | return; |
| 3214 | } |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 | /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */ |
| 3217 | if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL) |
| 3218 | { |
| 3219 | as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); |
| 3220 | return; |
| 3221 | } |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | if (comma) |
| 3224 | *--s = ','; |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then |
| 3227 | start processing them. */ |
| 3228 | argstart = s; |
| 3229 | for (;;) |
| 3230 | { |
| 3231 | /* Do some initialization. */ |
| 3232 | opcode = insn->match; |
| 3233 | strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT); |
| 3234 | memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn)); |
| 3235 | need_cond = 1; |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE; |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | if (insn->arch >= pa20 |
| 3240 | && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch) |
| 3241 | goto failed; |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make |
| 3244 | sure that the operands match. */ |
| 3245 | for (args = insn->args;; ++args) |
| 3246 | { |
| 3247 | /* Absorb white space in instruction. */ |
| 3248 | while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') |
| 3249 | s++; |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | switch (*args) |
| 3252 | { |
| 3253 | /* End of arguments. */ |
| 3254 | case '\0': |
| 3255 | if (*s == '\0') |
| 3256 | match = TRUE; |
| 3257 | break; |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | case '+': |
| 3260 | if (*s == '+') |
| 3261 | { |
| 3262 | ++s; |
| 3263 | continue; |
| 3264 | } |
| 3265 | if (*s == '-') |
| 3266 | continue; |
| 3267 | break; |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | /* These must match exactly. */ |
| 3270 | case '(': |
| 3271 | case ')': |
| 3272 | case ',': |
| 3273 | case ' ': |
| 3274 | if (*s++ == *args) |
| 3275 | continue; |
| 3276 | break; |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */ |
| 3279 | case 'b': |
| 3280 | case '^': |
| 3281 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) |
| 3282 | break; |
| 3283 | num = pa_number; |
| 3284 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 3285 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it |
| 3288 | is there. */ |
| 3289 | case '!': |
| 3290 | /* Skip whitespace before register. */ |
| 3291 | while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') |
| 3292 | s = s + 1; |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4)) |
| 3295 | { |
| 3296 | s += 4; |
| 3297 | continue; |
| 3298 | } |
| 3299 | else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5)) |
| 3300 | { |
| 3301 | s += 5; |
| 3302 | continue; |
| 3303 | } |
| 3304 | break; |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */ |
| 3307 | case 'x': |
| 3308 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) |
| 3309 | break; |
| 3310 | num = pa_number; |
| 3311 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 3312 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */ |
| 3315 | case 't': |
| 3316 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) |
| 3317 | break; |
| 3318 | num = pa_number; |
| 3319 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 3320 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */ |
| 3323 | case 'a': |
| 3324 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) |
| 3325 | break; |
| 3326 | num = pa_number; |
| 3327 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 3328 | opcode |= num << 16; |
| 3329 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */ |
| 3332 | case 'T': |
| 3333 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 3334 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 3335 | break; |
| 3336 | s = expr_end; |
| 3337 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0); |
| 3338 | SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); |
| 3339 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0); |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 | /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */ |
| 3342 | case '5': |
| 3343 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 3344 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 3345 | break; |
| 3346 | s = expr_end; |
| 3347 | /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this |
| 3348 | match instead of giving an out of range error. */ |
| 3349 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); |
| 3350 | num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); |
| 3351 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 | /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 3354 | case 'V': |
| 3355 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 3356 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 3357 | break; |
| 3358 | s = expr_end; |
| 3359 | /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this |
| 3360 | match instead of giving an out of range error. */ |
| 3361 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); |
| 3362 | num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); |
| 3363 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 3366 | case 'r': |
| 3367 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 3368 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 3369 | break; |
| 3370 | s = expr_end; |
| 3371 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); |
| 3372 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */ |
| 3375 | case 'R': |
| 3376 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 3377 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 3378 | break; |
| 3379 | s = expr_end; |
| 3380 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); |
| 3381 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 | /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */ |
| 3384 | case 'U': |
| 3385 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 3386 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 3387 | break; |
| 3388 | s = expr_end; |
| 3389 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); |
| 3390 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */ |
| 3393 | case 's': |
| 3394 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) |
| 3395 | break; |
| 3396 | num = pa_number; |
| 3397 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1); |
| 3398 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14); |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */ |
| 3401 | case 'S': |
| 3402 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) |
| 3403 | break; |
| 3404 | num = pa_number; |
| 3405 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1); |
| 3406 | opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num); |
| 3407 | continue; |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | /* Handle all completers. */ |
| 3410 | case 'c': |
| 3411 | switch (*++args) |
| 3412 | { |
| 3413 | |
| 3414 | /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */ |
| 3415 | case 'X': |
| 3416 | case 'x': |
| 3417 | { |
| 3418 | int uu = 0; |
| 3419 | int m = 0; |
| 3420 | int i = 0; |
| 3421 | while (*s == ',' && i < 2) |
| 3422 | { |
| 3423 | s++; |
| 3424 | if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0) |
| 3425 | { |
| 3426 | uu = 1; |
| 3427 | m = 1; |
| 3428 | s++; |
| 3429 | i++; |
| 3430 | } |
| 3431 | else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) |
| 3432 | m = 1; |
| 3433 | else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0) |
| 3434 | || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0)) |
| 3435 | uu = 1; |
| 3436 | else if (strict) |
| 3437 | { |
| 3438 | /* This is a match failure. */ |
| 3439 | s--; |
| 3440 | break; |
| 3441 | } |
| 3442 | else |
| 3443 | as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer.")); |
| 3444 | s++; |
| 3445 | i++; |
| 3446 | } |
| 3447 | if (i > 2) |
| 3448 | as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax.")); |
| 3449 | opcode |= m << 5; |
| 3450 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13); |
| 3451 | } |
| 3452 | |
| 3453 | /* Handle a short load/store completer. */ |
| 3454 | case 'M': |
| 3455 | case 'm': |
| 3456 | case 'q': |
| 3457 | case 'J': |
| 3458 | case 'e': |
| 3459 | { |
| 3460 | int a = 0; |
| 3461 | int m = 0; |
| 3462 | if (*s == ',') |
| 3463 | { |
| 3464 | s++; |
| 3465 | if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0) |
| 3466 | { |
| 3467 | a = 0; |
| 3468 | m = 1; |
| 3469 | s += 2; |
| 3470 | } |
| 3471 | else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0) |
| 3472 | { |
| 3473 | a = 1; |
| 3474 | m = 1; |
| 3475 | s += 2; |
| 3476 | } |
| 3477 | else if (strict) |
| 3478 | /* This is a match failure. */ |
| 3479 | s--; |
| 3480 | else |
| 3481 | { |
| 3482 | as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer.")); |
| 3483 | s += 2; |
| 3484 | } |
| 3485 | } |
| 3486 | /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not |
| 3487 | consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */ |
| 3488 | else if (*args == 'e') |
| 3489 | break; |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they |
| 3492 | encode the before/after field. */ |
| 3493 | if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M') |
| 3494 | { |
| 3495 | opcode |= m << 5; |
| 3496 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); |
| 3497 | } |
| 3498 | else if (*args == 'q') |
| 3499 | { |
| 3500 | opcode |= m << 3; |
| 3501 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); |
| 3502 | } |
| 3503 | else if (*args == 'J') |
| 3504 | { |
| 3505 | /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */ |
| 3506 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | else if (*args == 'e') |
| 3509 | { |
| 3510 | /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the |
| 3511 | instruction. We will use (and remove it) |
| 3512 | later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */ |
| 3513 | opcode |= a; |
| 3514 | continue; |
| 3515 | } |
| 3516 | } |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | /* Handle a stbys completer. */ |
| 3519 | case 'A': |
| 3520 | case 's': |
| 3521 | { |
| 3522 | int a = 0; |
| 3523 | int m = 0; |
| 3524 | int i = 0; |
| 3525 | while (*s == ',' && i < 2) |
| 3526 | { |
| 3527 | s++; |
| 3528 | if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) |
| 3529 | m = 1; |
| 3530 | else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0) |
| 3531 | || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0)) |
| 3532 | a = 0; |
| 3533 | else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0) |
| 3534 | a = 1; |
| 3535 | /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */ |
| 3536 | else if (strict) |
| 3537 | { |
| 3538 | s--; |
| 3539 | break; |
| 3540 | } |
| 3541 | else |
| 3542 | as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); |
| 3543 | s++; |
| 3544 | i++; |
| 3545 | } |
| 3546 | if (i > 2) |
| 3547 | as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); |
| 3548 | opcode |= m << 5; |
| 3549 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); |
| 3550 | } |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | /* Handle load cache hint completer. */ |
| 3553 | case 'c': |
| 3554 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3555 | if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) |
| 3556 | { |
| 3557 | s += 3; |
| 3558 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 3559 | } |
| 3560 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 | /* Handle store cache hint completer. */ |
| 3563 | case 'C': |
| 3564 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3565 | if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) |
| 3566 | { |
| 3567 | s += 3; |
| 3568 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 3569 | } |
| 3570 | else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3)) |
| 3571 | { |
| 3572 | s += 3; |
| 3573 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 3574 | } |
| 3575 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */ |
| 3578 | case 'd': |
| 3579 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3580 | if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3)) |
| 3581 | { |
| 3582 | s += 3; |
| 3583 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 3584 | } |
| 3585 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | /* Handle load ordering completer. */ |
| 3588 | case 'o': |
| 3589 | if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0) |
| 3590 | break; |
| 3591 | s += 2; |
| 3592 | continue; |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | /* Handle a branch gate completer. */ |
| 3595 | case 'g': |
| 3596 | if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0) |
| 3597 | break; |
| 3598 | s += 5; |
| 3599 | continue; |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */ |
| 3602 | case 'p': |
| 3603 | if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0) |
| 3604 | break; |
| 3605 | s += 7; |
| 3606 | continue; |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | /* Handle a branch link completer. */ |
| 3609 | case 'l': |
| 3610 | if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) |
| 3611 | break; |
| 3612 | s += 2; |
| 3613 | continue; |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | /* Handle a branch pop completer. */ |
| 3616 | case 'P': |
| 3617 | if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0) |
| 3618 | break; |
| 3619 | s += 4; |
| 3620 | continue; |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | /* Handle a local processor completer. */ |
| 3623 | case 'L': |
| 3624 | if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) |
| 3625 | break; |
| 3626 | s += 2; |
| 3627 | continue; |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */ |
| 3630 | case 'w': |
| 3631 | flag = 0; |
| 3632 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2)) |
| 3633 | { |
| 3634 | flag = 1; |
| 3635 | s += 2; |
| 3636 | } |
| 3637 | else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) |
| 3638 | { |
| 3639 | flag = 0; |
| 3640 | s += 2; |
| 3641 | } |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 | /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */ |
| 3646 | case 'W': |
| 3647 | if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0) |
| 3648 | break; |
| 3649 | s += 2; |
| 3650 | continue; |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */ |
| 3653 | case 'r': |
| 3654 | flag = 0; |
| 3655 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) |
| 3656 | { |
| 3657 | flag = 5; |
| 3658 | s += 2; |
| 3659 | } |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | /* Handle a system control completer. */ |
| 3664 | case 'Z': |
| 3665 | if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M')) |
| 3666 | { |
| 3667 | flag = 1; |
| 3668 | s += 2; |
| 3669 | } |
| 3670 | else |
| 3671 | flag = 0; |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */ |
| 3676 | case 'i': |
| 3677 | flag = 0; |
| 3678 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2)) |
| 3679 | { |
| 3680 | flag = 1; |
| 3681 | s += 2; |
| 3682 | } |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */ |
| 3687 | case 'z': |
| 3688 | flag = 1; |
| 3689 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2)) |
| 3690 | { |
| 3691 | flag = 0; |
| 3692 | s += 2; |
| 3693 | } |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | /* Handle add completer. */ |
| 3698 | case 'a': |
| 3699 | flag = 1; |
| 3700 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2)) |
| 3701 | { |
| 3702 | flag = 2; |
| 3703 | s += 2; |
| 3704 | } |
| 3705 | else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) |
| 3706 | { |
| 3707 | flag = 3; |
| 3708 | s += 4; |
| 3709 | } |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 | /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */ |
| 3714 | case 'Y': |
| 3715 | flag = 0; |
| 3716 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) || |
| 3717 | !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7)) |
| 3718 | { |
| 3719 | flag = 1; |
| 3720 | s += 7; |
| 3721 | } |
| 3722 | else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3)) |
| 3723 | { |
| 3724 | flag = 0; |
| 3725 | s += 3; |
| 3726 | } |
| 3727 | else |
| 3728 | break; |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | /* Condition is not required with "dc". */ |
| 3731 | need_cond = 0; |
| 3732 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */ |
| 3735 | case 'y': |
| 3736 | flag = 0; |
| 3737 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) || |
| 3738 | !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6)) |
| 3739 | { |
| 3740 | flag = 1; |
| 3741 | s += 6; |
| 3742 | } |
| 3743 | else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2)) |
| 3744 | { |
| 3745 | flag = 0; |
| 3746 | s += 2; |
| 3747 | } |
| 3748 | else |
| 3749 | break; |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */ |
| 3754 | case 'v': |
| 3755 | flag = 0; |
| 3756 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) |
| 3757 | { |
| 3758 | flag = 1; |
| 3759 | s += 4; |
| 3760 | } |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 | /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */ |
| 3765 | case 't': |
| 3766 | flag = 0; |
| 3767 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) || |
| 3768 | !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7)) |
| 3769 | { |
| 3770 | flag = 1; |
| 3771 | s += 7; |
| 3772 | } |
| 3773 | else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) |
| 3774 | { |
| 3775 | flag = 0; |
| 3776 | s += 3; |
| 3777 | } |
| 3778 | else |
| 3779 | break; |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */ |
| 3784 | case 'B': |
| 3785 | flag = 0; |
| 3786 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) || |
| 3787 | !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7)) |
| 3788 | { |
| 3789 | flag = 1; |
| 3790 | s += 7; |
| 3791 | } |
| 3792 | else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3)) |
| 3793 | { |
| 3794 | flag = 0; |
| 3795 | s += 3; |
| 3796 | } |
| 3797 | else |
| 3798 | break; |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | /* Condition is not required with "db". */ |
| 3801 | need_cond = 0; |
| 3802 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 | /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */ |
| 3805 | case 'b': |
| 3806 | flag = 0; |
| 3807 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) || |
| 3808 | !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6)) |
| 3809 | { |
| 3810 | flag = 1; |
| 3811 | s += 6; |
| 3812 | } |
| 3813 | else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2)) |
| 3814 | { |
| 3815 | flag = 0; |
| 3816 | s += 2; |
| 3817 | } |
| 3818 | else |
| 3819 | break; |
| 3820 | |
| 3821 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */ |
| 3824 | case 'T': |
| 3825 | flag = 0; |
| 3826 | if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) |
| 3827 | { |
| 3828 | flag = 1; |
| 3829 | s += 3; |
| 3830 | } |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */ |
| 3835 | case 'S': |
| 3836 | { |
| 3837 | int sign = 1; |
| 3838 | if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0) |
| 3839 | { |
| 3840 | sign = 1; |
| 3841 | s += 2; |
| 3842 | } |
| 3843 | else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0) |
| 3844 | { |
| 3845 | sign = 0; |
| 3846 | s += 2; |
| 3847 | } |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10); |
| 3850 | } |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */ |
| 3853 | case 'h': |
| 3854 | if (*s++ == ',') |
| 3855 | { |
| 3856 | int lr = 0; |
| 3857 | if (*s == 'r') |
| 3858 | lr = 2; |
| 3859 | else if (*s == 'l') |
| 3860 | lr = 0; |
| 3861 | else |
| 3862 | as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | s++; |
| 3865 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13); |
| 3866 | } |
| 3867 | else |
| 3868 | as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); |
| 3869 | break; |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */ |
| 3872 | case 'H': |
| 3873 | { |
| 3874 | int sat = 3; |
| 3875 | if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0) |
| 3876 | { |
| 3877 | sat = 1; |
| 3878 | s += 3; |
| 3879 | } |
| 3880 | else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0) |
| 3881 | { |
| 3882 | sat = 0; |
| 3883 | s += 3; |
| 3884 | } |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6); |
| 3887 | } |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | /* Handle permutation completer. */ |
| 3890 | case '*': |
| 3891 | if (*s++ == ',') |
| 3892 | { |
| 3893 | int permloc[4]; |
| 3894 | int perm = 0; |
| 3895 | int i = 0; |
| 3896 | permloc[0] = 13; |
| 3897 | permloc[1] = 10; |
| 3898 | permloc[2] = 8; |
| 3899 | permloc[3] = 6; |
| 3900 | for (; i < 4; i++) |
| 3901 | { |
| 3902 | switch (*s++) |
| 3903 | { |
| 3904 | case '0': |
| 3905 | perm = 0; |
| 3906 | break; |
| 3907 | case '1': |
| 3908 | perm = 1; |
| 3909 | break; |
| 3910 | case '2': |
| 3911 | perm = 2; |
| 3912 | break; |
| 3913 | case '3': |
| 3914 | perm = 3; |
| 3915 | break; |
| 3916 | default: |
| 3917 | as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); |
| 3918 | } |
| 3919 | opcode |= perm << permloc[i]; |
| 3920 | } |
| 3921 | continue; |
| 3922 | } |
| 3923 | else |
| 3924 | as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); |
| 3925 | break; |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 | default: |
| 3928 | abort (); |
| 3929 | } |
| 3930 | break; |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | /* Handle all conditions. */ |
| 3933 | case '?': |
| 3934 | { |
| 3935 | args++; |
| 3936 | switch (*args) |
| 3937 | { |
| 3938 | /* Handle FP compare conditions. */ |
| 3939 | case 'f': |
| 3940 | cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s); |
| 3941 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0); |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | /* Handle an add condition. */ |
| 3944 | case 'A': |
| 3945 | case 'a': |
| 3946 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3947 | flag = 0; |
| 3948 | if (*s == ',') |
| 3949 | { |
| 3950 | s++; |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 | /* 64 bit conditions. */ |
| 3953 | if (*args == 'A') |
| 3954 | { |
| 3955 | if (*s == '*') |
| 3956 | s++; |
| 3957 | else |
| 3958 | break; |
| 3959 | } |
| 3960 | else if (*s == '*') |
| 3961 | break; |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | name = s; |
| 3964 | while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') |
| 3965 | s += 1; |
| 3966 | c = *s; |
| 3967 | *s = 0x00; |
| 3968 | if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) |
| 3969 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 3970 | else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) |
| 3971 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 3972 | else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) |
| 3973 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 3974 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) |
| 3975 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 3976 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) |
| 3977 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 3978 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) |
| 3979 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 3980 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) |
| 3981 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 3982 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) |
| 3983 | { |
| 3984 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 3985 | flag = 1; |
| 3986 | } |
| 3987 | else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) |
| 3988 | { |
| 3989 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 3990 | flag = 1; |
| 3991 | } |
| 3992 | else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) |
| 3993 | { |
| 3994 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 3995 | flag = 1; |
| 3996 | } |
| 3997 | else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) |
| 3998 | { |
| 3999 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 4000 | flag = 1; |
| 4001 | } |
| 4002 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) |
| 4003 | { |
| 4004 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 4005 | flag = 1; |
| 4006 | } |
| 4007 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) |
| 4008 | { |
| 4009 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 4010 | flag = 1; |
| 4011 | } |
| 4012 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) |
| 4013 | { |
| 4014 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 4015 | flag = 1; |
| 4016 | } |
| 4017 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) |
| 4018 | { |
| 4019 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 4020 | flag = 1; |
| 4021 | } |
| 4022 | /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ |
| 4023 | else if (*args == 'a' || *name) |
| 4024 | as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name); |
| 4025 | *s = c; |
| 4026 | } |
| 4027 | /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with |
| 4028 | 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ |
| 4029 | else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond) |
| 4030 | break; |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 | opcode |= cmpltr << 13; |
| 4033 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */ |
| 4036 | case 'd': |
| 4037 | cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); |
| 4038 | if (cmpltr < 0) |
| 4039 | { |
| 4040 | as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); |
| 4041 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4042 | } |
| 4043 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */ |
| 4046 | case 'W': |
| 4047 | cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s); |
| 4048 | if (cmpltr < 0) |
| 4049 | { |
| 4050 | as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); |
| 4051 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4052 | } |
| 4053 | else |
| 4054 | { |
| 4055 | /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ |
| 4056 | opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24; |
| 4057 | } |
| 4058 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch |
| 4061 | condition. */ |
| 4062 | case '@': |
| 4063 | save_s = s; |
| 4064 | cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); |
| 4065 | if (cmpltr < 0) |
| 4066 | { |
| 4067 | s = save_s; |
| 4068 | cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s); |
| 4069 | if (cmpltr < 0) |
| 4070 | { |
| 4071 | as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); |
| 4072 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4073 | } |
| 4074 | else |
| 4075 | { |
| 4076 | /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ |
| 4077 | opcode |= 1 << 27; |
| 4078 | } |
| 4079 | } |
| 4080 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); |
| 4081 | |
| 4082 | /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */ |
| 4083 | case 'B': |
| 4084 | case 'b': |
| 4085 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4086 | if (*s == ',') |
| 4087 | { |
| 4088 | s++; |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | if (*args == 'B') |
| 4091 | { |
| 4092 | if (*s == '*') |
| 4093 | s++; |
| 4094 | else |
| 4095 | break; |
| 4096 | } |
| 4097 | else if (*s == '*') |
| 4098 | break; |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0) |
| 4101 | { |
| 4102 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4103 | s++; |
| 4104 | } |
| 4105 | else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0) |
| 4106 | { |
| 4107 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 4108 | s += 2; |
| 4109 | } |
| 4110 | else |
| 4111 | as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s); |
| 4112 | } |
| 4113 | else |
| 4114 | as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition")); |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15); |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */ |
| 4119 | case 'S': |
| 4120 | case 's': |
| 4121 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4122 | flag = 0; |
| 4123 | if (*s == ',') |
| 4124 | { |
| 4125 | s++; |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | /* 64 bit conditions. */ |
| 4128 | if (*args == 'S') |
| 4129 | { |
| 4130 | if (*s == '*') |
| 4131 | s++; |
| 4132 | else |
| 4133 | break; |
| 4134 | } |
| 4135 | else if (*s == '*') |
| 4136 | break; |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | name = s; |
| 4139 | while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') |
| 4140 | s += 1; |
| 4141 | c = *s; |
| 4142 | *s = 0x00; |
| 4143 | if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) |
| 4144 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 4145 | else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) |
| 4146 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 4147 | else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) |
| 4148 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 4149 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0) |
| 4150 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 4151 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0) |
| 4152 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 4153 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) |
| 4154 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 4155 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) |
| 4156 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 4157 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) |
| 4158 | { |
| 4159 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4160 | flag = 1; |
| 4161 | } |
| 4162 | else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) |
| 4163 | { |
| 4164 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 4165 | flag = 1; |
| 4166 | } |
| 4167 | else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) |
| 4168 | { |
| 4169 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 4170 | flag = 1; |
| 4171 | } |
| 4172 | else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) |
| 4173 | { |
| 4174 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 4175 | flag = 1; |
| 4176 | } |
| 4177 | else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0) |
| 4178 | { |
| 4179 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 4180 | flag = 1; |
| 4181 | } |
| 4182 | else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0) |
| 4183 | { |
| 4184 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 4185 | flag = 1; |
| 4186 | } |
| 4187 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) |
| 4188 | { |
| 4189 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 4190 | flag = 1; |
| 4191 | } |
| 4192 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) |
| 4193 | { |
| 4194 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 4195 | flag = 1; |
| 4196 | } |
| 4197 | /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ |
| 4198 | else if (*args != 'S' || *name) |
| 4199 | as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"), |
| 4200 | name); |
| 4201 | *s = c; |
| 4202 | } |
| 4203 | /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with |
| 4204 | 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ |
| 4205 | else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond) |
| 4206 | break; |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | opcode |= cmpltr << 13; |
| 4209 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */ |
| 4212 | case 't': |
| 4213 | cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); |
| 4214 | if (cmpltr < 0) |
| 4215 | { |
| 4216 | as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); |
| 4217 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4218 | } |
| 4219 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 | /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */ |
| 4222 | case 'n': |
| 4223 | save_s = s; |
| 4224 | cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); |
| 4225 | if (cmpltr < 0) |
| 4226 | { |
| 4227 | s = save_s; |
| 4228 | cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); |
| 4229 | if (cmpltr < 0) |
| 4230 | { |
| 4231 | as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition")); |
| 4232 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4233 | } |
| 4234 | else |
| 4235 | { |
| 4236 | /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ |
| 4237 | opcode |= 1 << 27; |
| 4238 | } |
| 4239 | } |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 | /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */ |
| 4244 | case 'N': |
| 4245 | cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s); |
| 4246 | if (cmpltr >= 0) |
| 4247 | { |
| 4248 | /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ |
| 4249 | opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26; |
| 4250 | } |
| 4251 | else |
| 4252 | /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ |
| 4253 | break; |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */ |
| 4258 | case 'Q': |
| 4259 | cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s); |
| 4260 | if (cmpltr < 0) |
| 4261 | /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ |
| 4262 | break; |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */ |
| 4267 | case 'L': |
| 4268 | case 'l': |
| 4269 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4270 | flag = 0; |
| 4271 | if (*s == ',') |
| 4272 | { |
| 4273 | s++; |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 | /* 64 bit conditions. */ |
| 4276 | if (*args == 'L') |
| 4277 | { |
| 4278 | if (*s == '*') |
| 4279 | s++; |
| 4280 | else |
| 4281 | break; |
| 4282 | } |
| 4283 | else if (*s == '*') |
| 4284 | break; |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | name = s; |
| 4287 | while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') |
| 4288 | s += 1; |
| 4289 | c = *s; |
| 4290 | *s = 0x00; |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) |
| 4293 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 4294 | else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) |
| 4295 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 4296 | else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) |
| 4297 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 4298 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) |
| 4299 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 4300 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) |
| 4301 | { |
| 4302 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4303 | flag = 1; |
| 4304 | } |
| 4305 | else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) |
| 4306 | { |
| 4307 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 4308 | flag = 1; |
| 4309 | } |
| 4310 | else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) |
| 4311 | { |
| 4312 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 4313 | flag = 1; |
| 4314 | } |
| 4315 | else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) |
| 4316 | { |
| 4317 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 4318 | flag = 1; |
| 4319 | } |
| 4320 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) |
| 4321 | { |
| 4322 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 4323 | flag = 1; |
| 4324 | } |
| 4325 | /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ |
| 4326 | else if (*args != 'L' || *name) |
| 4327 | as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition.")); |
| 4328 | *s = c; |
| 4329 | } |
| 4330 | /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ |
| 4331 | else if (*args == 'L') |
| 4332 | break; |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | opcode |= cmpltr << 13; |
| 4335 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 | /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */ |
| 4338 | case 'X': |
| 4339 | case 'x': |
| 4340 | case 'y': |
| 4341 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4342 | /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit |
| 4343 | * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */ |
| 4344 | immediate_check = 1; |
| 4345 | if (*s == ',') |
| 4346 | { |
| 4347 | save_s = s++; |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 | /* 64 bit conditions. */ |
| 4350 | if (*args == 'X') |
| 4351 | { |
| 4352 | if (*s == '*') |
| 4353 | s++; |
| 4354 | else |
| 4355 | break; |
| 4356 | } |
| 4357 | else if (*s == '*') |
| 4358 | break; |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | name = s; |
| 4361 | while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') |
| 4362 | s += 1; |
| 4363 | c = *s; |
| 4364 | *s = 0x00; |
| 4365 | if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) |
| 4366 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 4367 | else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) |
| 4368 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 4369 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) |
| 4370 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 4371 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) |
| 4372 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 4373 | else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) |
| 4374 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 4375 | else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) |
| 4376 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 4377 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) |
| 4378 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 4379 | /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were. |
| 4380 | This includes moving s back to where it started. */ |
| 4381 | else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y') |
| 4382 | { |
| 4383 | *s = c; |
| 4384 | s = save_s; |
| 4385 | continue; |
| 4386 | } |
| 4387 | /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ |
| 4388 | else if (*args != 'X' || *name) |
| 4389 | as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition.")); |
| 4390 | *s = c; |
| 4391 | } |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 | /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */ |
| 4396 | case 'U': |
| 4397 | case 'u': |
| 4398 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4399 | flag = 0; |
| 4400 | if (*s == ',') |
| 4401 | { |
| 4402 | int uxor; |
| 4403 | s++; |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 | /* 64 bit conditions. */ |
| 4406 | if (*args == 'U') |
| 4407 | { |
| 4408 | if (*s == '*') |
| 4409 | s++; |
| 4410 | else |
| 4411 | break; |
| 4412 | } |
| 4413 | else if (*s == '*') |
| 4414 | break; |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions |
| 4417 | not involving carries. */ |
| 4418 | uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380; |
| 4419 | if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0) |
| 4420 | { |
| 4421 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 4422 | s += 3; |
| 4423 | } |
| 4424 | else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0) |
| 4425 | { |
| 4426 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 4427 | s += 3; |
| 4428 | } |
| 4429 | else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0) |
| 4430 | { |
| 4431 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 4432 | s += 3; |
| 4433 | } |
| 4434 | else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0) |
| 4435 | { |
| 4436 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 4437 | s += 3; |
| 4438 | } |
| 4439 | else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0) |
| 4440 | { |
| 4441 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 4442 | s += 3; |
| 4443 | } |
| 4444 | else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0) |
| 4445 | { |
| 4446 | cmpltr = 0; |
| 4447 | flag = 1; |
| 4448 | s += 2; |
| 4449 | } |
| 4450 | else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0) |
| 4451 | { |
| 4452 | cmpltr = 2; |
| 4453 | flag = 1; |
| 4454 | s += 3; |
| 4455 | } |
| 4456 | else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0) |
| 4457 | { |
| 4458 | cmpltr = 3; |
| 4459 | flag = 1; |
| 4460 | s += 3; |
| 4461 | } |
| 4462 | else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0) |
| 4463 | { |
| 4464 | cmpltr = 4; |
| 4465 | flag = 1; |
| 4466 | s += 3; |
| 4467 | } |
| 4468 | else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0) |
| 4469 | { |
| 4470 | cmpltr = 6; |
| 4471 | flag = 1; |
| 4472 | s += 3; |
| 4473 | } |
| 4474 | else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0) |
| 4475 | { |
| 4476 | cmpltr = 7; |
| 4477 | flag = 1; |
| 4478 | s += 3; |
| 4479 | } |
| 4480 | else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0) |
| 4481 | { |
| 4482 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 4483 | flag = 0; |
| 4484 | s += 3; |
| 4485 | } |
| 4486 | else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0) |
| 4487 | { |
| 4488 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 4489 | flag = 0; |
| 4490 | s += 3; |
| 4491 | } |
| 4492 | else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0) |
| 4493 | { |
| 4494 | cmpltr = 1; |
| 4495 | flag = 1; |
| 4496 | s += 3; |
| 4497 | } |
| 4498 | else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0) |
| 4499 | { |
| 4500 | cmpltr = 5; |
| 4501 | flag = 1; |
| 4502 | s += 3; |
| 4503 | } |
| 4504 | /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ |
| 4505 | else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t')) |
| 4506 | as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition.")); |
| 4507 | } |
| 4508 | /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ |
| 4509 | else if (*args == 'U') |
| 4510 | break; |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 | opcode |= cmpltr << 13; |
| 4513 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | default: |
| 4516 | abort (); |
| 4517 | } |
| 4518 | break; |
| 4519 | } |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */ |
| 4522 | case 'n': |
| 4523 | nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); |
| 4524 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1); |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */ |
| 4527 | case 'N': |
| 4528 | nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); |
| 4529 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5); |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 | /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */ |
| 4532 | case 'L': |
| 4533 | if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0) |
| 4534 | s += 4; |
| 4535 | else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0) |
| 4536 | s += 4; |
| 4537 | else |
| 4538 | break; |
| 4539 | continue; |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values |
| 4542 | are 0..6 inclusive. */ |
| 4543 | case 'h': |
| 4544 | get_expression (s); |
| 4545 | s = expr_end; |
| 4546 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4547 | { |
| 4548 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4549 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); |
| 4550 | num++; |
| 4551 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); |
| 4552 | } |
| 4553 | else |
| 4554 | break; |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values |
| 4557 | are 0..6 inclusive. */ |
| 4558 | case 'm': |
| 4559 | get_expression (s); |
| 4560 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4561 | { |
| 4562 | s = expr_end; |
| 4563 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4564 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); |
| 4565 | num = (num + 1) ^ 1; |
| 4566 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); |
| 4567 | } |
| 4568 | else |
| 4569 | break; |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 | /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */ |
| 4572 | case '=': |
| 4573 | { |
| 4574 | num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s); |
| 4575 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 4576 | } |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 4579 | case 'i': |
| 4580 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4581 | get_expression (s); |
| 4582 | s = expr_end; |
| 4583 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4584 | { |
| 4585 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4586 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0); |
| 4587 | num = low_sign_unext (num, 11); |
| 4588 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 4589 | } |
| 4590 | else |
| 4591 | { |
| 4592 | if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4593 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; |
| 4594 | else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4595 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 4596 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4597 | else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4598 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; |
| 4599 | else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4600 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; |
| 4601 | else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4602 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; |
| 4603 | else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4604 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; |
| 4605 | else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4606 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; |
| 4607 | #endif |
| 4608 | else |
| 4609 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; |
| 4610 | the_insn.format = 11; |
| 4611 | continue; |
| 4612 | } |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 4615 | case 'J': |
| 4616 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4617 | get_expression (s); |
| 4618 | s = expr_end; |
| 4619 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4620 | { |
| 4621 | int mb; |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information |
| 4624 | for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this. |
| 4625 | Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be |
| 4626 | good to rethink this. */ |
| 4627 | mb = opcode & 1; |
| 4628 | opcode -= mb; |
| 4629 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4630 | if (mb != (num < 0)) |
| 4631 | break; |
| 4632 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); |
| 4633 | num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); |
| 4634 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 4635 | } |
| 4636 | break; |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 4639 | case 'K': |
| 4640 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4641 | get_expression (s); |
| 4642 | s = expr_end; |
| 4643 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4644 | { |
| 4645 | int mb; |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | mb = opcode & 1; |
| 4648 | opcode -= mb; |
| 4649 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4650 | if (mb == (num < 0)) |
| 4651 | break; |
| 4652 | if (num % 4) |
| 4653 | break; |
| 4654 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); |
| 4655 | num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); |
| 4656 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 4657 | } |
| 4658 | break; |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 4661 | case '<': |
| 4662 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4663 | get_expression (s); |
| 4664 | s = expr_end; |
| 4665 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4666 | { |
| 4667 | int mb; |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | mb = opcode & 1; |
| 4670 | opcode -= mb; |
| 4671 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4672 | if (mb != (num < 0)) |
| 4673 | break; |
| 4674 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); |
| 4675 | num = re_assemble_16 (num); |
| 4676 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 4677 | } |
| 4678 | break; |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 4681 | case '>': |
| 4682 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4683 | get_expression (s); |
| 4684 | s = expr_end; |
| 4685 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4686 | { |
| 4687 | int mb; |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | mb = opcode & 1; |
| 4690 | opcode -= mb; |
| 4691 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4692 | if (mb == (num < 0)) |
| 4693 | break; |
| 4694 | if (num % 4) |
| 4695 | break; |
| 4696 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); |
| 4697 | num = re_assemble_16 (num); |
| 4698 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 4699 | } |
| 4700 | break; |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 | /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */ |
| 4703 | case '#': |
| 4704 | if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20) |
| 4705 | break; |
| 4706 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4707 | get_expression (s); |
| 4708 | s = expr_end; |
| 4709 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4710 | { |
| 4711 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4712 | if (num & 0x7) |
| 4713 | break; |
| 4714 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); |
| 4715 | if (num < 0) |
| 4716 | opcode |= 1; |
| 4717 | num &= 0x1fff; |
| 4718 | num >>= 3; |
| 4719 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4); |
| 4720 | } |
| 4721 | else |
| 4722 | { |
| 4723 | if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4724 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; |
| 4725 | else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4726 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 4727 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4728 | else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4729 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; |
| 4730 | else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4731 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; |
| 4732 | else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4733 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; |
| 4734 | else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4735 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; |
| 4736 | else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4737 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; |
| 4738 | #endif |
| 4739 | else |
| 4740 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; |
| 4741 | the_insn.format = 14; |
| 4742 | continue; |
| 4743 | } |
| 4744 | break; |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */ |
| 4747 | case 'd': |
| 4748 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4749 | get_expression (s); |
| 4750 | s = expr_end; |
| 4751 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4752 | { |
| 4753 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4754 | if (num & 0x3) |
| 4755 | break; |
| 4756 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); |
| 4757 | if (num < 0) |
| 4758 | opcode |= 1; |
| 4759 | num &= 0x1fff; |
| 4760 | num >>= 2; |
| 4761 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); |
| 4762 | } |
| 4763 | else |
| 4764 | { |
| 4765 | if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4766 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; |
| 4767 | else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4768 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 4769 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4770 | else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4771 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; |
| 4772 | else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4773 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; |
| 4774 | else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4775 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; |
| 4776 | else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4777 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; |
| 4778 | else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4779 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; |
| 4780 | #endif |
| 4781 | else |
| 4782 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; |
| 4783 | the_insn.format = 14; |
| 4784 | continue; |
| 4785 | } |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 4788 | case 'j': |
| 4789 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4790 | get_expression (s); |
| 4791 | s = expr_end; |
| 4792 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4793 | { |
| 4794 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4795 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); |
| 4796 | num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); |
| 4797 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 4798 | } |
| 4799 | else |
| 4800 | { |
| 4801 | if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4802 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; |
| 4803 | else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4804 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 4805 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4806 | else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4807 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; |
| 4808 | else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4809 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; |
| 4810 | else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4811 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; |
| 4812 | else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4813 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; |
| 4814 | else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4815 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; |
| 4816 | #endif |
| 4817 | else |
| 4818 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; |
| 4819 | the_insn.format = 14; |
| 4820 | continue; |
| 4821 | } |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 4824 | case 'k': |
| 4825 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4826 | get_expression (s); |
| 4827 | s = expr_end; |
| 4828 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4829 | { |
| 4830 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4831 | CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0); |
| 4832 | opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num); |
| 4833 | continue; |
| 4834 | } |
| 4835 | else |
| 4836 | { |
| 4837 | if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4838 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; |
| 4839 | else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4840 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 4841 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4842 | else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4843 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; |
| 4844 | else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4845 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; |
| 4846 | else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4847 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; |
| 4848 | else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4849 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; |
| 4850 | else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4851 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; |
| 4852 | #endif |
| 4853 | else |
| 4854 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; |
| 4855 | the_insn.format = 21; |
| 4856 | continue; |
| 4857 | } |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */ |
| 4860 | case 'l': |
| 4861 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4862 | get_expression (s); |
| 4863 | s = expr_end; |
| 4864 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4865 | { |
| 4866 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4867 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); |
| 4868 | opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); |
| 4869 | continue; |
| 4870 | } |
| 4871 | else |
| 4872 | { |
| 4873 | /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ |
| 4874 | if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4875 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; |
| 4876 | else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4877 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 4878 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4879 | else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4880 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; |
| 4881 | else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4882 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; |
| 4883 | else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4884 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; |
| 4885 | else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4886 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; |
| 4887 | else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4888 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; |
| 4889 | #endif |
| 4890 | else |
| 4891 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; |
| 4892 | the_insn.format = 14; |
| 4893 | continue; |
| 4894 | } |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ |
| 4897 | case 'y': |
| 4898 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4899 | get_expression (s); |
| 4900 | s = expr_end; |
| 4901 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4902 | { |
| 4903 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4904 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); |
| 4905 | CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0); |
| 4906 | opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); |
| 4907 | continue; |
| 4908 | } |
| 4909 | else |
| 4910 | { |
| 4911 | /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ |
| 4912 | if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4913 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; |
| 4914 | else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4915 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 4916 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4917 | else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4918 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; |
| 4919 | else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4920 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; |
| 4921 | else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4922 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; |
| 4923 | else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4924 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; |
| 4925 | else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4926 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; |
| 4927 | #endif |
| 4928 | else |
| 4929 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; |
| 4930 | the_insn.format = 14; |
| 4931 | continue; |
| 4932 | } |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ |
| 4935 | case '&': |
| 4936 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4937 | get_expression (s); |
| 4938 | s = expr_end; |
| 4939 | if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 4940 | { |
| 4941 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4942 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); |
| 4943 | CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0); |
| 4944 | opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); |
| 4945 | continue; |
| 4946 | } |
| 4947 | else |
| 4948 | { |
| 4949 | /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ |
| 4950 | if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4951 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; |
| 4952 | else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4953 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 4954 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4955 | else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4956 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; |
| 4957 | else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4958 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; |
| 4959 | else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4960 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; |
| 4961 | else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4962 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; |
| 4963 | else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) |
| 4964 | the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; |
| 4965 | #endif |
| 4966 | else |
| 4967 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; |
| 4968 | the_insn.format = 14; |
| 4969 | continue; |
| 4970 | } |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */ |
| 4973 | case 'w': |
| 4974 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 4975 | get_expression (s); |
| 4976 | s = expr_end; |
| 4977 | the_insn.pcrel = 1; |
| 4978 | if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol |
| 4979 | || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), |
| 4980 | FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) |
| 4981 | { |
| 4982 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 4983 | if (num % 4) |
| 4984 | { |
| 4985 | as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); |
| 4986 | break; |
| 4987 | } |
| 4988 | if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) |
| 4989 | num -= 8; |
| 4990 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); |
| 4991 | opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2); |
| 4992 | continue; |
| 4993 | } |
| 4994 | else |
| 4995 | { |
| 4996 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 4997 | the_insn.format = 12; |
| 4998 | the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; |
| 4999 | memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); |
| 5000 | s = expr_end; |
| 5001 | continue; |
| 5002 | } |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */ |
| 5005 | case 'W': |
| 5006 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 5007 | get_expression (s); |
| 5008 | s = expr_end; |
| 5009 | the_insn.pcrel = 1; |
| 5010 | if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol |
| 5011 | || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), |
| 5012 | FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) |
| 5013 | { |
| 5014 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 5015 | if (num % 4) |
| 5016 | { |
| 5017 | as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); |
| 5018 | break; |
| 5019 | } |
| 5020 | if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) |
| 5021 | num -= 8; |
| 5022 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); |
| 5023 | opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); |
| 5024 | continue; |
| 5025 | } |
| 5026 | else |
| 5027 | { |
| 5028 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 5029 | the_insn.format = 17; |
| 5030 | the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; |
| 5031 | memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); |
| 5032 | continue; |
| 5033 | } |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */ |
| 5036 | case 'X': |
| 5037 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 5038 | get_expression (s); |
| 5039 | s = expr_end; |
| 5040 | the_insn.pcrel = 1; |
| 5041 | if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol |
| 5042 | || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), |
| 5043 | FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) |
| 5044 | { |
| 5045 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 5046 | if (num % 4) |
| 5047 | { |
| 5048 | as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); |
| 5049 | break; |
| 5050 | } |
| 5051 | if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) |
| 5052 | num -= 8; |
| 5053 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0); |
| 5054 | opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2); |
| 5055 | } |
| 5056 | else |
| 5057 | { |
| 5058 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; |
| 5059 | the_insn.format = 22; |
| 5060 | the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; |
| 5061 | memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); |
| 5062 | continue; |
| 5063 | } |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 | /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */ |
| 5066 | case 'z': |
| 5067 | the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); |
| 5068 | get_expression (s); |
| 5069 | s = expr_end; |
| 5070 | the_insn.pcrel = 0; |
| 5071 | if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol |
| 5072 | || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), |
| 5073 | FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) |
| 5074 | { |
| 5075 | num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); |
| 5076 | if (num % 4) |
| 5077 | { |
| 5078 | as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); |
| 5079 | break; |
| 5080 | } |
| 5081 | if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) |
| 5082 | num -= 8; |
| 5083 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); |
| 5084 | opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); |
| 5085 | continue; |
| 5086 | } |
| 5087 | else |
| 5088 | { |
| 5089 | the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL; |
| 5090 | the_insn.format = 17; |
| 5091 | the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; |
| 5092 | memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); |
| 5093 | continue; |
| 5094 | } |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 | /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */ |
| 5097 | case 'Z': |
| 5098 | if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1' |
| 5099 | && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R')) |
| 5100 | { |
| 5101 | s += 4; |
| 5102 | continue; |
| 5103 | } |
| 5104 | else |
| 5105 | break; |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 | /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */ |
| 5108 | case 'Y': |
| 5109 | if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0) |
| 5110 | break; |
| 5111 | s += 9; |
| 5112 | continue; |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 | /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */ |
| 5115 | case '@': |
| 5116 | if (*s != '0') |
| 5117 | break; |
| 5118 | s++; |
| 5119 | continue; |
| 5120 | |
| 5121 | /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */ |
| 5122 | case '.': |
| 5123 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5124 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5125 | break; |
| 5126 | s = expr_end; |
| 5127 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict); |
| 5128 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */ |
| 5131 | case '*': |
| 5132 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5133 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5134 | break; |
| 5135 | s = expr_end; |
| 5136 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict); |
| 5137 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 | /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */ |
| 5140 | case 'p': |
| 5141 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5142 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5143 | break; |
| 5144 | s = expr_end; |
| 5145 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); |
| 5146 | SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); |
| 5147 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5); |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */ |
| 5150 | case '~': |
| 5151 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5152 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5153 | break; |
| 5154 | s = expr_end; |
| 5155 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); |
| 5156 | SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); |
| 5157 | num = 63 - num; |
| 5158 | opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; |
| 5159 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 | /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */ |
| 5162 | case '%': |
| 5163 | flag = 0; |
| 5164 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5165 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5166 | break; |
| 5167 | s = expr_end; |
| 5168 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); |
| 5169 | SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); |
| 5170 | num--; |
| 5171 | opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3; |
| 5172 | num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); |
| 5173 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 | /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */ |
| 5176 | case '|': |
| 5177 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5178 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5179 | break; |
| 5180 | s = expr_end; |
| 5181 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); |
| 5182 | SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); |
| 5183 | num--; |
| 5184 | opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7; |
| 5185 | num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); |
| 5186 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */ |
| 5189 | case 'P': |
| 5190 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5191 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5192 | break; |
| 5193 | s = expr_end; |
| 5194 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); |
| 5195 | SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); |
| 5196 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5); |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */ |
| 5199 | case 'q': |
| 5200 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5201 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5202 | break; |
| 5203 | s = expr_end; |
| 5204 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); |
| 5205 | SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); |
| 5206 | opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; |
| 5207 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement |
| 5210 | of the high bit of the immediate. */ |
| 5211 | case 'B': |
| 5212 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5213 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5214 | break; |
| 5215 | s = expr_end; |
| 5216 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); |
| 5217 | if (num & 0x20) |
| 5218 | ; |
| 5219 | else |
| 5220 | opcode |= (1 << 13); |
| 5221 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21); |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */ |
| 5224 | case 'Q': |
| 5225 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5226 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5227 | break; |
| 5228 | s = expr_end; |
| 5229 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); |
| 5230 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */ |
| 5233 | case '$': |
| 5234 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5235 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5236 | break; |
| 5237 | s = expr_end; |
| 5238 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict); |
| 5239 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */ |
| 5242 | case 'A': |
| 5243 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5244 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5245 | break; |
| 5246 | s = expr_end; |
| 5247 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict); |
| 5248 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); |
| 5249 | |
| 5250 | /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */ |
| 5251 | case 'D': |
| 5252 | num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5253 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5254 | break; |
| 5255 | s = expr_end; |
| 5256 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict); |
| 5257 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */ |
| 5260 | case 'v': |
| 5261 | if (*s++ != ',') |
| 5262 | as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier")); |
| 5263 | num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5264 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5265 | break; |
| 5266 | s = expr_end; |
| 5267 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); |
| 5268 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */ |
| 5271 | case 'O': |
| 5272 | num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5273 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5274 | break; |
| 5275 | s = expr_end; |
| 5276 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict); |
| 5277 | num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6); |
| 5278 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 | /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */ |
| 5281 | case 'o': |
| 5282 | num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5283 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5284 | break; |
| 5285 | s = expr_end; |
| 5286 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); |
| 5287 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); |
| 5288 | |
| 5289 | /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */ |
| 5290 | case '0': |
| 5291 | num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5292 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5293 | break; |
| 5294 | s = expr_end; |
| 5295 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); |
| 5296 | num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6); |
| 5297 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */ |
| 5300 | case '1': |
| 5301 | num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5302 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5303 | break; |
| 5304 | s = expr_end; |
| 5305 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); |
| 5306 | num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6); |
| 5307 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 5308 | |
| 5309 | /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */ |
| 5310 | case 'u': |
| 5311 | if (*s++ != ',') |
| 5312 | as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier")); |
| 5313 | num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5314 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5315 | break; |
| 5316 | s = expr_end; |
| 5317 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); |
| 5318 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */ |
| 5321 | case '2': |
| 5322 | num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); |
| 5323 | if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 5324 | break; |
| 5325 | s = expr_end; |
| 5326 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict); |
| 5327 | num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4); |
| 5328 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ |
| 5331 | case '{': |
| 5332 | if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't') |
| 5333 | { |
| 5334 | the_insn.trunc = 1; |
| 5335 | s += 2; |
| 5336 | } |
| 5337 | else |
| 5338 | the_insn.trunc = 0; |
| 5339 | flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); |
| 5340 | the_insn.fpof1 = flag; |
| 5341 | if (flag == W || flag == UW) |
| 5342 | flag = SGL; |
| 5343 | if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) |
| 5344 | flag = DBL; |
| 5345 | if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) |
| 5346 | flag = QUAD; |
| 5347 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ |
| 5350 | case '_': |
| 5351 | /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ |
| 5352 | s--; |
| 5353 | flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); |
| 5354 | the_insn.fpof2 = flag; |
| 5355 | if (flag == W || flag == UW) |
| 5356 | flag = SGL; |
| 5357 | if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) |
| 5358 | flag = DBL; |
| 5359 | if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) |
| 5360 | flag = QUAD; |
| 5361 | opcode |= flag << 13; |
| 5362 | if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL |
| 5363 | || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL |
| 5364 | || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD) |
| 5365 | { |
| 5366 | if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL |
| 5367 | || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL |
| 5368 | || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) |
| 5369 | flag = 0; |
| 5370 | else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W |
| 5371 | || the_insn.fpof2 == DW |
| 5372 | || the_insn.fpof2 == QW) |
| 5373 | flag = 2; |
| 5374 | else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW |
| 5375 | || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW |
| 5376 | || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW) |
| 5377 | flag = 6; |
| 5378 | else |
| 5379 | abort (); |
| 5380 | } |
| 5381 | else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W |
| 5382 | || the_insn.fpof1 == DW |
| 5383 | || the_insn.fpof1 == QW) |
| 5384 | { |
| 5385 | if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL |
| 5386 | || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL |
| 5387 | || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) |
| 5388 | flag = 1; |
| 5389 | else |
| 5390 | abort (); |
| 5391 | } |
| 5392 | else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW |
| 5393 | || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW |
| 5394 | || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW) |
| 5395 | { |
| 5396 | if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL |
| 5397 | || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL |
| 5398 | || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) |
| 5399 | flag = 5; |
| 5400 | else |
| 5401 | abort (); |
| 5402 | } |
| 5403 | flag |= the_insn.trunc; |
| 5404 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15); |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 | /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ |
| 5407 | case 'F': |
| 5408 | flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); |
| 5409 | the_insn.fpof1 = flag; |
| 5410 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 | /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ |
| 5413 | case 'G': |
| 5414 | /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ |
| 5415 | s--; |
| 5416 | flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); |
| 5417 | the_insn.fpof2 = flag; |
| 5418 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13); |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */ |
| 5421 | case 'I': |
| 5422 | flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); |
| 5423 | the_insn.fpof1 = flag; |
| 5424 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); |
| 5425 | |
| 5426 | /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26. |
| 5427 | Only allows single and double precision. */ |
| 5428 | case 'H': |
| 5429 | flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); |
| 5430 | switch (flag) |
| 5431 | { |
| 5432 | case SGL: |
| 5433 | opcode |= 0x20; |
| 5434 | case DBL: |
| 5435 | the_insn.fpof1 = flag; |
| 5436 | continue; |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 | case QUAD: |
| 5439 | case ILLEGAL_FMT: |
| 5440 | default: |
| 5441 | as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format.")); |
| 5442 | } |
| 5443 | break; |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | /* Handle all floating point registers. */ |
| 5446 | case 'f': |
| 5447 | switch (*++args) |
| 5448 | { |
| 5449 | /* Float target register. */ |
| 5450 | case 't': |
| 5451 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) |
| 5452 | break; |
| 5453 | /* RSEL should not be set. */ |
| 5454 | if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) |
| 5455 | break; |
| 5456 | num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5457 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5458 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | /* Float target register with L/R selection. */ |
| 5461 | case 'T': |
| 5462 | { |
| 5463 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5464 | break; |
| 5465 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5466 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5467 | opcode |= num; |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes |
| 5470 | and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This |
| 5471 | is not necessary for loads/stores. */ |
| 5472 | if (need_pa11_opcode () |
| 5473 | && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000)) |
| 5474 | opcode |= 1 << 27; |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0); |
| 5477 | continue; |
| 5478 | } |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 | /* Float operand 1. */ |
| 5481 | case 'a': |
| 5482 | { |
| 5483 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5484 | break; |
| 5485 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5486 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5487 | opcode |= num << 21; |
| 5488 | if (need_pa11_opcode ()) |
| 5489 | { |
| 5490 | opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); |
| 5491 | opcode |= 1 << 27; |
| 5492 | } |
| 5493 | continue; |
| 5494 | } |
| 5495 | |
| 5496 | /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */ |
| 5497 | case 'X': |
| 5498 | case 'A': |
| 5499 | { |
| 5500 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5501 | break; |
| 5502 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5503 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5504 | opcode |= num << 21; |
| 5505 | opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); |
| 5506 | continue; |
| 5507 | } |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 | /* Float operand 2. */ |
| 5510 | case 'b': |
| 5511 | { |
| 5512 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5513 | break; |
| 5514 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5515 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5516 | opcode |= num << 16; |
| 5517 | if (need_pa11_opcode ()) |
| 5518 | { |
| 5519 | opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); |
| 5520 | opcode |= 1 << 27; |
| 5521 | } |
| 5522 | continue; |
| 5523 | } |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 | /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */ |
| 5526 | case 'B': |
| 5527 | { |
| 5528 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5529 | break; |
| 5530 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5531 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5532 | opcode |= num << 16; |
| 5533 | opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); |
| 5534 | continue; |
| 5535 | } |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 | /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */ |
| 5538 | case 'C': |
| 5539 | { |
| 5540 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5541 | break; |
| 5542 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5543 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5544 | opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11; |
| 5545 | opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9; |
| 5546 | opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0); |
| 5547 | continue; |
| 5548 | } |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 | /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ |
| 5551 | case 'i': |
| 5552 | { |
| 5553 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5554 | break; |
| 5555 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5556 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5557 | if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) |
| 5558 | { |
| 5559 | if (num < 16) |
| 5560 | { |
| 5561 | as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); |
| 5562 | break; |
| 5563 | } |
| 5564 | num &= 0xF; |
| 5565 | num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); |
| 5566 | } |
| 5567 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); |
| 5568 | } |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ |
| 5571 | case 'j': |
| 5572 | { |
| 5573 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5574 | break; |
| 5575 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5576 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5577 | if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) |
| 5578 | { |
| 5579 | if (num < 16) |
| 5580 | { |
| 5581 | as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); |
| 5582 | break; |
| 5583 | } |
| 5584 | num &= 0xF; |
| 5585 | num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); |
| 5586 | } |
| 5587 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); |
| 5588 | } |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ |
| 5591 | case 'k': |
| 5592 | { |
| 5593 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5594 | break; |
| 5595 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5596 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5597 | if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) |
| 5598 | { |
| 5599 | if (num < 16) |
| 5600 | { |
| 5601 | as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); |
| 5602 | break; |
| 5603 | } |
| 5604 | num &= 0xF; |
| 5605 | num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); |
| 5606 | } |
| 5607 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); |
| 5608 | } |
| 5609 | |
| 5610 | /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ |
| 5611 | case 'l': |
| 5612 | { |
| 5613 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5614 | break; |
| 5615 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5616 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5617 | if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) |
| 5618 | { |
| 5619 | if (num < 16) |
| 5620 | { |
| 5621 | as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); |
| 5622 | break; |
| 5623 | } |
| 5624 | num &= 0xF; |
| 5625 | num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); |
| 5626 | } |
| 5627 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); |
| 5628 | } |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ |
| 5631 | case 'm': |
| 5632 | { |
| 5633 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5634 | break; |
| 5635 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5636 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5637 | if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) |
| 5638 | { |
| 5639 | if (num < 16) |
| 5640 | { |
| 5641 | as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); |
| 5642 | break; |
| 5643 | } |
| 5644 | num &= 0xF; |
| 5645 | num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); |
| 5646 | } |
| 5647 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); |
| 5648 | } |
| 5649 | |
| 5650 | /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */ |
| 5651 | case 'E': |
| 5652 | case 'e': |
| 5653 | { |
| 5654 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) |
| 5655 | break; |
| 5656 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5657 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5658 | opcode |= num << 16; |
| 5659 | if (need_pa11_opcode ()) |
| 5660 | { |
| 5661 | opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0); |
| 5662 | } |
| 5663 | continue; |
| 5664 | } |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 | /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */ |
| 5667 | case 'x': |
| 5668 | if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) |
| 5669 | break; |
| 5670 | num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; |
| 5671 | CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); |
| 5672 | INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 | default: |
| 5675 | abort (); |
| 5676 | } |
| 5677 | break; |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 | default: |
| 5680 | abort (); |
| 5681 | } |
| 5682 | break; |
| 5683 | } |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, |
| 5686 | then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is |
| 5687 | for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */ |
| 5688 | if (match == TRUE |
| 5689 | && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch |
| 5690 | && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch)) |
| 5691 | { |
| 5692 | as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); |
| 5693 | match = FALSE; |
| 5694 | } |
| 5695 | |
| 5696 | failed: |
| 5697 | /* Check if the args matched. */ |
| 5698 | if (!match) |
| 5699 | { |
| 5700 | if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES |
| 5701 | && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name)) |
| 5702 | { |
| 5703 | ++insn; |
| 5704 | s = argstart; |
| 5705 | continue; |
| 5706 | } |
| 5707 | else |
| 5708 | { |
| 5709 | as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message); |
| 5710 | return; |
| 5711 | } |
| 5712 | } |
| 5713 | break; |
| 5714 | } |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | if (immediate_check) |
| 5717 | { |
| 5718 | if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1) |
| 5719 | as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."), |
| 5720 | pos, len); |
| 5721 | } |
| 5722 | |
| 5723 | the_insn.opcode = opcode; |
| 5724 | } |
| 5725 | |
| 5726 | /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */ |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 | void |
| 5729 | md_assemble (char *str) |
| 5730 | { |
| 5731 | char *to; |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 | /* The had better be something to assemble. */ |
| 5734 | gas_assert (str); |
| 5735 | |
| 5736 | /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've |
| 5737 | defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the |
| 5738 | label was defined after the .PROC directive. |
| 5739 | |
| 5740 | Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment |
| 5741 | for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched |
| 5742 | into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ |
| 5743 | if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) |
| 5744 | { |
| 5745 | label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); |
| 5746 | |
| 5747 | if (label_symbol) |
| 5748 | { |
| 5749 | if (label_symbol->lss_label) |
| 5750 | { |
| 5751 | last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; |
| 5752 | symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |
| 5753 | |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 5754 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 5755 | /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind |
| 5756 | information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ |
| 5757 | if (within_entry_exit) |
| 5758 | { |
| 5759 | char *where; |
| 5760 | unsigned int u; |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 | where = frag_more (0); |
| 5763 | u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); |
| 5764 | fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, |
| 5765 | NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, |
| 5766 | 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); |
| 5767 | } |
| 5768 | #endif |
| 5769 | } |
| 5770 | else |
| 5771 | as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); |
| 5772 | } |
| 5773 | else |
| 5774 | as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); |
| 5775 | } |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */ |
| 5778 | pa_ip (str); |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 | /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */ |
| 5781 | to = frag_more (4); |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 | /* Output the opcode. */ |
| 5784 | md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4); |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 | /* If necessary output more stuff. */ |
| 5787 | if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE) |
| 5788 | fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL, |
| 5789 | (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel, |
| 5790 | the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector, |
| 5791 | the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0); |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5794 | dwarf2_emit_insn (4); |
| 5795 | #endif |
| 5796 | } |
| 5797 | |
| 5798 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 5799 | /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the |
| 5800 | alignment of the subspace if necessary. */ |
| 5801 | static void |
| 5802 | pa_align (int bytes) |
| 5803 | { |
| 5804 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 5805 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 | /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */ |
| 5808 | s_align_bytes (bytes); |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 | /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's |
| 5811 | alignment if necessary. */ |
| 5812 | if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1) |
| 5813 | record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes)); |
| 5814 | } |
| 5815 | #endif |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */ |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | static void |
| 5820 | pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5821 | { |
| 5822 | unsigned int temp_size; |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 5825 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 5826 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 5827 | #endif |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | temp_size = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF) |
| 5832 | { |
| 5833 | as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff")); |
| 5834 | temp_size = 0; |
| 5835 | } |
| 5836 | else |
| 5837 | { |
| 5838 | /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */ |
| 5839 | char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL); |
| 5840 | *p = 0; |
| 5841 | } |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 5844 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 5845 | } |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */ |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | static void |
| 5850 | pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5851 | { |
| 5852 | |
| 5853 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 5854 | /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote |
| 5855 | the beginning and end of branch tables). */ |
| 5856 | char *where = frag_more (0); |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 | fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, |
| 5859 | NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, |
| 5860 | 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB, |
| 5861 | e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); |
| 5862 | #endif |
| 5863 | |
| 5864 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 5865 | } |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 | /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */ |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | static void |
| 5870 | pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5871 | { |
| 5872 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 5873 | expressionS exp; |
| 5874 | char *where = frag_more (0); |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 | if (! begin) |
| 5877 | expression (&exp); |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote |
| 5880 | the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */ |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, |
| 5883 | NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp, |
| 5884 | 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY, |
| 5885 | e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); |
| 5886 | #endif |
| 5887 | |
| 5888 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes |
| 5892 | where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */ |
| 5893 | |
| 5894 | static void |
| 5895 | pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc) |
| 5896 | { |
| 5897 | char *name, c; |
| 5898 | unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | while (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 5901 | { |
| 5902 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 5903 | /* Process a source argument. */ |
| 5904 | if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) |
| 5905 | { |
| 5906 | temp = atoi (name + 4); |
| 5907 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 5908 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 5909 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 5910 | arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); |
| 5911 | call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc); |
| 5912 | } |
| 5913 | /* Process a return value. */ |
| 5914 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0)) |
| 5915 | { |
| 5916 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 5917 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 5918 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 5919 | arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); |
| 5920 | call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3); |
| 5921 | } |
| 5922 | else |
| 5923 | { |
| 5924 | as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name); |
| 5925 | } |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 5928 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 5929 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 5930 | } |
| 5931 | } |
| 5932 | |
| 5933 | /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information |
| 5934 | about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect |
| 5935 | (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */ |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 | static void |
| 5938 | pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 5939 | { |
| 5940 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 5941 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 5942 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 5943 | #endif |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | pa_call_args (&last_call_desc); |
| 5946 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 5947 | } |
| 5948 | |
| 5949 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5950 | /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function |
| 5951 | attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using |
| 5952 | R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building |
| 5953 | of the unwind spaces. */ |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | static void |
| 5956 | pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info) |
| 5957 | { |
| 5958 | asection *seg, *save_seg; |
| 5959 | subsegT save_subseg; |
| 5960 | unsigned int unwind; |
| 5961 | int reloc; |
| 5962 | char *name, *p; |
| 5963 | symbolS *symbolP; |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 | if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg) |
| 5966 | & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) |
| 5967 | != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) |
| 5968 | return; |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL) |
| 5971 | /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */ |
| 5972 | return; |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 | /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced |
| 5975 | to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with |
| 5976 | multiple definitions, etc. */ |
| 5977 | name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol), |
| 5978 | (char *) NULL); |
| 5979 | |
| 5980 | /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have |
| 5981 | already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind |
| 5982 | entry. */ |
| 5983 | symbolP = symbol_find (name); |
| 5984 | if (symbolP) |
| 5985 | { |
| 5986 | xfree (name); |
| 5987 | return; |
| 5988 | } |
| 5989 | else |
| 5990 | { |
| 5991 | symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, |
| 5992 | S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now); |
| 5993 | gas_assert (symbolP); |
| 5994 | S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); |
| 5995 | symbol_table_insert (symbolP); |
| 5996 | } |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 | reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; |
| 5999 | save_seg = now_seg; |
| 6000 | save_subseg = now_subseg; |
| 6001 | /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating |
| 6002 | the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the |
| 6003 | old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */ |
| 6004 | seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME); |
| 6005 | if (seg == ASEC_NULL) |
| 6006 | { |
| 6007 | seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0); |
| 6008 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg, |
| 6009 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 6010 | | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA); |
| 6011 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2); |
| 6012 | } |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | subseg_set (seg, 0); |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind |
| 6017 | descriptor. */ |
| 6018 | p = frag_more (16); |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 | /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */ |
| 6021 | md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4); |
| 6022 | fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, |
| 6023 | symbolP, (offsetT) 0, |
| 6024 | (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, |
| 6025 | e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); |
| 6026 | |
| 6027 | /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function. |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be |
| 6030 | reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary |
| 6031 | symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same |
| 6032 | value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is |
| 6033 | finished with its work. */ |
| 6034 | md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4); |
| 6035 | fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, |
| 6036 | call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0, |
| 6037 | (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, |
| 6038 | e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); |
| 6039 | |
| 6040 | /* Dump the descriptor. */ |
| 6041 | unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); |
| 6042 | md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4); |
| 6043 | |
| 6044 | unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); |
| 6045 | md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4); |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 | /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */ |
| 6048 | subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg); |
| 6049 | } |
| 6050 | #endif |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 | /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later |
| 6053 | to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support |
| 6054 | .ENTER and .LEAVE. */ |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 | static void |
| 6057 | pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6058 | { |
| 6059 | char *name, c; |
| 6060 | int temp; |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6063 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 6064 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 6065 | #endif |
| 6066 | |
| 6067 | /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */ |
| 6068 | if (!within_procedure) |
| 6069 | as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition")); |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 | /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the |
| 6072 | current procedure. */ |
| 6073 | callinfo_found = TRUE; |
| 6074 | |
| 6075 | /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */ |
| 6076 | while (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 6077 | { |
| 6078 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 6079 | /* Frame size specification. */ |
| 6080 | if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0)) |
| 6081 | { |
| 6082 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6083 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6084 | temp = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 6085 | if ((temp & 0x3) != 0) |
| 6086 | { |
| 6087 | as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp); |
| 6088 | temp = 0; |
| 6089 | } |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 | /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */ |
| 6092 | last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8; |
| 6093 | } |
| 6094 | /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */ |
| 6095 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0)) |
| 6096 | { |
| 6097 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6098 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6099 | temp = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 6100 | /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR |
| 6101 | even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in |
| 6102 | the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */ |
| 6103 | if (temp < 3 || temp > 18) |
| 6104 | as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n")); |
| 6105 | last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2; |
| 6106 | } |
| 6107 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0)) |
| 6108 | { |
| 6109 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6110 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6111 | temp = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 6112 | /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even |
| 6113 | though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */ |
| 6114 | if (temp < 12 || temp > 21) |
| 6115 | as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n")); |
| 6116 | last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11; |
| 6117 | } |
| 6118 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0)) |
| 6119 | { |
| 6120 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6121 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6122 | temp = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 6123 | if (temp != 3) |
| 6124 | as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n")); |
| 6125 | } |
| 6126 | /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */ |
| 6127 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) |
| 6128 | || (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0)) |
| 6129 | { |
| 6130 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6131 | } |
| 6132 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0)) |
| 6133 | { |
| 6134 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6135 | } |
| 6136 | /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */ |
| 6137 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0)) |
| 6138 | { |
| 6139 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6140 | last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1; |
| 6141 | } |
| 6142 | /* Likewise for SP. */ |
| 6143 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0)) |
| 6144 | { |
| 6145 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6146 | last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1; |
| 6147 | } |
| 6148 | /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so |
| 6149 | in the unwind descriptor. */ |
| 6150 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0)) |
| 6151 | { |
| 6152 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6153 | last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1; |
| 6154 | } |
| 6155 | /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the |
| 6156 | unwind descriptor. */ |
| 6157 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0)) |
| 6158 | { |
| 6159 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6160 | last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1; |
| 6161 | } |
| 6162 | /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my |
| 6163 | assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler |
| 6164 | accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor |
| 6165 | to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */ |
| 6166 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0)) |
| 6167 | { |
| 6168 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6169 | last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1; |
| 6170 | } |
| 6171 | else |
| 6172 | { |
| 6173 | as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name); |
| 6174 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6175 | } |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 6178 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6179 | } |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6182 | } |
| 6183 | |
| 6184 | #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) |
| 6185 | /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our |
| 6186 | label when finished. */ |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 | static void |
| 6189 | pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6190 | { |
| 6191 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6192 | current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); |
| 6193 | current_subspace |
| 6194 | = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); |
| 6195 | #endif |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 | s_text (0); |
| 6198 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 6199 | } |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 | /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */ |
| 6202 | |
| 6203 | static void |
| 6204 | pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6205 | { |
| 6206 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6207 | current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); |
| 6208 | current_subspace |
| 6209 | = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); |
| 6210 | #endif |
| 6211 | s_data (0); |
| 6212 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 6213 | } |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 | /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines, |
| 6216 | the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax: |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 | <label> .comm <length> |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of |
| 6221 | a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute |
| 6222 | expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space |
| 6223 | and subspace. |
| 6224 | |
| 6225 | Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm. |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called |
| 6228 | on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number |
| 6229 | of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular |
| 6230 | the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What |
| 6231 | a pain. |
| 6232 | |
| 6233 | This also makes error detection all but impossible. */ |
| 6234 | |
| 6235 | static void |
| 6236 | pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6237 | { |
| 6238 | unsigned int size; |
| 6239 | symbolS *symbol; |
| 6240 | label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); |
| 6241 | |
| 6242 | if (label_symbol) |
| 6243 | symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; |
| 6244 | else |
| 6245 | symbol = NULL; |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 6248 | size = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | if (symbol) |
| 6251 | { |
| 6252 | symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; |
| 6253 | S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size); |
| 6254 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr); |
| 6255 | S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 | /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the |
| 6258 | current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address |
| 6259 | fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */ |
| 6260 | symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag); |
| 6261 | } |
| 6262 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6263 | } |
| 6264 | #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */ |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */ |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 | static void |
| 6269 | pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6270 | { |
| 6271 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6272 | } |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */ |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 | static void |
| 6277 | pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6278 | { |
| 6279 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6280 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 6281 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 6282 | #endif |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 | as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported")); |
| 6285 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6286 | } |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the |
| 6289 | procedure. */ |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 | static void |
| 6292 | pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6293 | { |
| 6294 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6295 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 6296 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 6297 | #endif |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | if (!within_procedure) |
| 6300 | as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored.")); |
| 6301 | else |
| 6302 | { |
| 6303 | if (!callinfo_found) |
| 6304 | as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo.")); |
| 6305 | } |
| 6306 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6307 | within_entry_exit = TRUE; |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6310 | /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. |
| 6311 | The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation |
| 6312 | to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and |
| 6313 | for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. |
| 6314 | |
| 6315 | FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem |
| 6316 | is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe |
| 6317 | if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which |
| 6318 | denote the entry and exit points. */ |
| 6319 | if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL) |
| 6320 | { |
| 6321 | char *where; |
| 6322 | unsigned int u; |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | where = frag_more (0); |
| 6325 | u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); |
| 6326 | fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, |
| 6327 | NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, |
| 6328 | 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); |
| 6329 | } |
| 6330 | #endif |
| 6331 | } |
| 6332 | |
| 6333 | /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is |
| 6334 | being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of |
| 6335 | registers, to get the size of the range. */ |
| 6336 | static int fudge_reg_expressions; |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 | int |
| 6339 | hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP, |
| 6340 | operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6341 | expressionS *rightP) |
| 6342 | { |
| 6343 | if (fudge_reg_expressions |
| 6344 | && rightP->X_op == O_register |
| 6345 | && resultP->X_op == O_register) |
| 6346 | { |
| 6347 | rightP->X_op = O_constant; |
| 6348 | resultP->X_op = O_constant; |
| 6349 | } |
| 6350 | return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */ |
| 6351 | } |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 | /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */ |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 | static void |
| 6356 | pa_equ (int reg) |
| 6357 | { |
| 6358 | label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); |
| 6359 | symbolS *symbol; |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | if (label_symbol) |
| 6362 | { |
| 6363 | symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; |
| 6364 | if (reg) |
| 6365 | { |
| 6366 | strict = 1; |
| 6367 | if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0)) |
| 6368 | as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register")); |
| 6369 | S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number); |
| 6370 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section); |
| 6371 | } |
| 6372 | else |
| 6373 | { |
| 6374 | expressionS exp; |
| 6375 | segT seg; |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | fudge_reg_expressions = 1; |
| 6378 | seg = expression (&exp); |
| 6379 | fudge_reg_expressions = 0; |
| 6380 | if (exp.X_op != O_constant |
| 6381 | && exp.X_op != O_register) |
| 6382 | { |
| 6383 | if (exp.X_op != O_absent) |
| 6384 | as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed")); |
| 6385 | exp.X_add_number = 0; |
| 6386 | seg = absolute_section; |
| 6387 | } |
| 6388 | S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number); |
| 6389 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg); |
| 6390 | } |
| 6391 | } |
| 6392 | else |
| 6393 | { |
| 6394 | if (reg) |
| 6395 | as_bad (_(".REG must use a label")); |
| 6396 | else |
| 6397 | as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label")); |
| 6398 | } |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 6401 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6402 | } |
| 6403 | |
| 6404 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 6405 | /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute |
| 6406 | the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */ |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | static void |
| 6409 | hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void) |
| 6410 | { |
| 6411 | /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a |
| 6412 | temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */ |
| 6413 | char *name; |
| 6414 | symbolS *symbolP; |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 | if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) |
| 6417 | { |
| 6418 | /* We have already warned about a missing label, |
| 6419 | or other problems. */ |
| 6420 | return; |
| 6421 | } |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 | name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol), |
| 6424 | (char *) NULL); |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the |
| 6427 | symbol will have already been defined. */ |
| 6428 | symbolP = symbol_find (name); |
| 6429 | if (symbolP) |
| 6430 | { |
| 6431 | /* The symbol has already been defined! This can |
| 6432 | happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend. |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 | This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free |
| 6435 | the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */ |
| 6436 | xfree (name); |
| 6437 | } |
| 6438 | else |
| 6439 | { |
| 6440 | /* symbol value should be the offset of the |
| 6441 | last instruction of the function */ |
| 6442 | symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4), |
| 6443 | frag_now); |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 | gas_assert (symbolP); |
| 6446 | S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); |
| 6447 | symbol_table_insert (symbolP); |
| 6448 | } |
| 6449 | |
| 6450 | if (symbolP) |
| 6451 | last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP; |
| 6452 | else |
| 6453 | as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name); |
| 6454 | } |
| 6455 | #endif |
| 6456 | |
| 6457 | /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This |
| 6458 | usually involves creating some relocations or building special |
| 6459 | symbols to mark the end of the function. */ |
| 6460 | |
| 6461 | static void |
| 6462 | process_exit (void) |
| 6463 | { |
| 6464 | char *where; |
| 6465 | |
| 6466 | where = frag_more (0); |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 6469 | /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag |
| 6470 | for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace |
| 6471 | to add an entry in the unwind table. */ |
| 6472 | (void) where; |
| 6473 | hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); |
| 6474 | pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info); |
| 6475 | #else |
| 6476 | /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. |
| 6477 | The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation |
| 6478 | to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and |
| 6479 | for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 | FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem |
| 6482 | is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe |
| 6483 | if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which |
| 6484 | denote the entry and exit points. */ |
| 6485 | fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, |
| 6486 | NULL, (offsetT) 0, |
| 6487 | NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0, |
| 6488 | UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor)); |
| 6489 | #endif |
| 6490 | } |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 | /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */ |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | static void |
| 6495 | pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6496 | { |
| 6497 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6498 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 6499 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 6500 | #endif |
| 6501 | |
| 6502 | if (!within_procedure) |
| 6503 | as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure")); |
| 6504 | else |
| 6505 | { |
| 6506 | if (!callinfo_found) |
| 6507 | as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo")); |
| 6508 | else |
| 6509 | { |
| 6510 | if (!within_entry_exit) |
| 6511 | as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT")); |
| 6512 | else |
| 6513 | { |
| 6514 | within_entry_exit = FALSE; |
| 6515 | process_exit (); |
| 6516 | } |
| 6517 | } |
| 6518 | } |
| 6519 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6520 | } |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */ |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 | static void |
| 6525 | pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export) |
| 6526 | { |
| 6527 | char *name, c; |
| 6528 | unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; |
| 6529 | pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN; |
| 6530 | asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP); |
| 6531 | |
| 6532 | if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0) |
| 6533 | { |
| 6534 | input_line_pointer += 8; |
| 6535 | bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6536 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr); |
| 6537 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE; |
| 6538 | } |
| 6539 | else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0) |
| 6540 | { |
| 6541 | input_line_pointer += 4; |
| 6542 | /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM, |
| 6543 | instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types. |
| 6544 | |
| 6545 | Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never |
| 6546 | done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so |
| 6547 | silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */ |
| 6548 | if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP)) |
| 6549 | { |
| 6550 | if (is_export) |
| 6551 | as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"), |
| 6552 | S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 | bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6555 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; |
| 6556 | } |
| 6557 | else |
| 6558 | { |
| 6559 | bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6560 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE; |
| 6561 | } |
| 6562 | } |
| 6563 | else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0) |
| 6564 | { |
| 6565 | input_line_pointer += 4; |
| 6566 | bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6567 | bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; |
| 6568 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA; |
| 6569 | } |
| 6570 | else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0)) |
| 6571 | { |
| 6572 | input_line_pointer += 5; |
| 6573 | bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6574 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; |
| 6575 | } |
| 6576 | else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0) |
| 6577 | { |
| 6578 | input_line_pointer += 9; |
| 6579 | bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6580 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 6581 | { |
| 6582 | elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym; |
| 6583 | elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info = |
| 6584 | ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info), |
| 6585 | STT_PARISC_MILLI); |
| 6586 | } |
| 6587 | #endif |
| 6588 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE; |
| 6589 | } |
| 6590 | else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0) |
| 6591 | { |
| 6592 | input_line_pointer += 6; |
| 6593 | bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6594 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL; |
| 6595 | } |
| 6596 | else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0) |
| 6597 | { |
| 6598 | input_line_pointer += 8; |
| 6599 | bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6600 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG; |
| 6601 | } |
| 6602 | else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0) |
| 6603 | { |
| 6604 | input_line_pointer += 8; |
| 6605 | bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6606 | type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG; |
| 6607 | } |
| 6608 | |
| 6609 | /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types |
| 6610 | than BFD understands. This is how we get this information |
| 6611 | to the SOM BFD backend. */ |
| 6612 | #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type |
| 6613 | obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type); |
| 6614 | #else |
| 6615 | (void) type; |
| 6616 | #endif |
| 6617 | |
| 6618 | /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled, |
| 6619 | handle any argument relocation information. */ |
| 6620 | while (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 6621 | { |
| 6622 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 6623 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6624 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 6625 | /* Argument sources. */ |
| 6626 | if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) |
| 6627 | { |
| 6628 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6629 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6630 | temp = atoi (name + 4); |
| 6631 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 6632 | arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name)); |
| 6633 | #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) |
| 6634 | symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; |
| 6635 | #else |
| 6636 | (void) arg_reloc; |
| 6637 | #endif |
| 6638 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6639 | } |
| 6640 | /* The return value. */ |
| 6641 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0) |
| 6642 | { |
| 6643 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6644 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6645 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 6646 | arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); |
| 6647 | #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) |
| 6648 | symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; |
| 6649 | #else |
| 6650 | (void) arg_reloc; |
| 6651 | #endif |
| 6652 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6653 | } |
| 6654 | /* Privilege level. */ |
| 6655 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0) |
| 6656 | { |
| 6657 | char *priv; |
| 6658 | |
| 6659 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6660 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6661 | temp = atoi (input_line_pointer); |
| 6662 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6663 | ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp; |
| 6664 | #endif |
| 6665 | c = get_symbol_name (&priv); |
| 6666 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6667 | } |
| 6668 | else |
| 6669 | { |
| 6670 | as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name); |
| 6671 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6672 | } |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 6675 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6676 | } |
| 6677 | } |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external |
| 6680 | and provides information such as argument relocation entries |
| 6681 | to callers. */ |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | static void |
| 6684 | pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6685 | { |
| 6686 | char *name, c; |
| 6687 | symbolS *symbol; |
| 6688 | |
| 6689 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 6690 | /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */ |
| 6691 | if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) |
| 6692 | { |
| 6693 | as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name); |
| 6694 | restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6695 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6696 | } |
| 6697 | else |
| 6698 | { |
| 6699 | /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations. |
| 6700 | For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive. |
| 6701 | S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set. |
| 6702 | Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually |
| 6703 | set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */ |
| 6704 | S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); |
| 6705 | symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 6706 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6707 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 6708 | { |
| 6709 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6710 | pa_type_args (symbol, 1); |
| 6711 | } |
| 6712 | } |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6715 | } |
| 6716 | |
| 6717 | /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given |
| 6718 | assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or |
| 6719 | explicitly IMPORTED from another. */ |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 | static void |
| 6722 | pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6723 | { |
| 6724 | char *name, c; |
| 6725 | symbolS *symbol; |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 6728 | |
| 6729 | symbol = symbol_find (name); |
| 6730 | /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file, |
| 6731 | in which case all the code below will really screw things up |
| 6732 | (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */ |
| 6733 | if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol)) |
| 6734 | { |
| 6735 | symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 6736 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 6739 | { |
| 6740 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6741 | pa_type_args (symbol, 0); |
| 6742 | } |
| 6743 | else |
| 6744 | { |
| 6745 | /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help |
| 6746 | poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on |
| 6747 | the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really |
| 6748 | matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */ |
| 6749 | if (now_seg == text_section) |
| 6750 | symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6751 | |
| 6752 | /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined |
| 6753 | Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */ |
| 6754 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr); |
| 6755 | } |
| 6756 | } |
| 6757 | else |
| 6758 | { |
| 6759 | /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to |
| 6760 | the end of the current statement. */ |
| 6761 | while (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 6762 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6763 | } |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6766 | } |
| 6767 | |
| 6768 | /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */ |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | static void |
| 6771 | pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6772 | { |
| 6773 | char *name, c; |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 | if (strlen (name) > 0) |
| 6778 | { |
| 6779 | colon (name); |
| 6780 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6781 | } |
| 6782 | else |
| 6783 | { |
| 6784 | as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL")); |
| 6785 | } |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 6788 | { |
| 6789 | as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored.")); |
| 6790 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 6791 | } |
| 6792 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6793 | } |
| 6794 | |
| 6795 | /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */ |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | static void |
| 6798 | pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6799 | { |
| 6800 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6801 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 6802 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 6803 | #endif |
| 6804 | |
| 6805 | as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported")); |
| 6806 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6807 | } |
| 6808 | |
| 6809 | /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */ |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 | static void |
| 6812 | pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6813 | { |
| 6814 | char *level; |
| 6815 | |
| 6816 | level = input_line_pointer; |
| 6817 | if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0) |
| 6818 | { |
| 6819 | input_line_pointer += 3; |
| 6820 | if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10)) |
| 6821 | as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); |
| 6822 | } |
| 6823 | else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0) |
| 6824 | { |
| 6825 | input_line_pointer += 3; |
| 6826 | if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11)) |
| 6827 | as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); |
| 6828 | } |
| 6829 | else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0) |
| 6830 | { |
| 6831 | input_line_pointer += 4; |
| 6832 | if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25)) |
| 6833 | as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); |
| 6834 | } |
| 6835 | else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0) |
| 6836 | { |
| 6837 | input_line_pointer += 3; |
| 6838 | if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20)) |
| 6839 | as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); |
| 6840 | } |
| 6841 | else |
| 6842 | { |
| 6843 | as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n")); |
| 6844 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 6845 | } |
| 6846 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6847 | } |
| 6848 | |
| 6849 | /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */ |
| 6850 | |
| 6851 | static void |
| 6852 | pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6853 | { |
| 6854 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6855 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 6856 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 6857 | #endif |
| 6858 | |
| 6859 | s_org (0); |
| 6860 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 6861 | } |
| 6862 | |
| 6863 | /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it |
| 6864 | is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */ |
| 6865 | |
| 6866 | static void |
| 6867 | pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6868 | { |
| 6869 | char *name, c; |
| 6870 | symbolS *symbol; |
| 6871 | |
| 6872 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 6873 | |
| 6874 | if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) |
| 6875 | { |
| 6876 | as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name); |
| 6877 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6878 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6879 | } |
| 6880 | else |
| 6881 | { |
| 6882 | S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol); |
| 6883 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 6884 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 6885 | { |
| 6886 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 6887 | pa_type_args (symbol, 0); |
| 6888 | } |
| 6889 | } |
| 6890 | |
| 6891 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6892 | } |
| 6893 | |
| 6894 | /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning |
| 6895 | of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */ |
| 6896 | |
| 6897 | static void |
| 6898 | pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6899 | { |
| 6900 | struct call_info *call_info; |
| 6901 | |
| 6902 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6903 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 6904 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 6905 | #endif |
| 6906 | |
| 6907 | if (within_procedure) |
| 6908 | as_fatal (_("Nested procedures")); |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 | /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */ |
| 6911 | callinfo_found = FALSE; |
| 6912 | within_procedure = TRUE; |
| 6913 | |
| 6914 | /* Create another call_info structure. */ |
| 6915 | call_info = XNEW (struct call_info); |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 | if (!call_info) |
| 6918 | as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n")); |
| 6919 | |
| 6920 | memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info)); |
| 6921 | |
| 6922 | call_info->ci_next = NULL; |
| 6923 | |
| 6924 | if (call_info_root == NULL) |
| 6925 | { |
| 6926 | call_info_root = call_info; |
| 6927 | last_call_info = call_info; |
| 6928 | } |
| 6929 | else |
| 6930 | { |
| 6931 | last_call_info->ci_next = call_info; |
| 6932 | last_call_info = call_info; |
| 6933 | } |
| 6934 | |
| 6935 | /* set up defaults on call_info structure */ |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 | call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0; |
| 6938 | call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1; |
| 6939 | call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0; |
| 6940 | |
| 6941 | /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined |
| 6942 | locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */ |
| 6943 | { |
| 6944 | label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | if (label_symbol) |
| 6947 | { |
| 6948 | if (label_symbol->lss_label) |
| 6949 | { |
| 6950 | last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; |
| 6951 | symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6952 | } |
| 6953 | else |
| 6954 | as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); |
| 6955 | } |
| 6956 | else |
| 6957 | last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL; |
| 6958 | } |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 6961 | } |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 | /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the |
| 6964 | appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */ |
| 6965 | |
| 6966 | static void |
| 6967 | pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6968 | { |
| 6969 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6970 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 6971 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 6972 | #endif |
| 6973 | |
| 6974 | /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've |
| 6975 | defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the |
| 6976 | label was defined after the .PROC directive. |
| 6977 | |
| 6978 | Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment |
| 6979 | for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched |
| 6980 | into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ |
| 6981 | if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) |
| 6982 | { |
| 6983 | label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); |
| 6984 | |
| 6985 | if (label_symbol) |
| 6986 | { |
| 6987 | if (label_symbol->lss_label) |
| 6988 | { |
| 6989 | last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; |
| 6990 | symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |
| 6991 | |= BSF_FUNCTION; |
| 6992 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 6993 | /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind |
| 6994 | information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ |
| 6995 | if (within_entry_exit) |
| 6996 | { |
| 6997 | char *where; |
| 6998 | unsigned int u; |
| 6999 | |
| 7000 | where = frag_more (0); |
| 7001 | u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); |
| 7002 | fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, |
| 7003 | NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, |
| 7004 | 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); |
| 7005 | } |
| 7006 | #endif |
| 7007 | } |
| 7008 | else |
| 7009 | as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); |
| 7010 | } |
| 7011 | else |
| 7012 | as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); |
| 7013 | } |
| 7014 | |
| 7015 | if (!within_procedure) |
| 7016 | as_bad (_("misplaced .procend")); |
| 7017 | |
| 7018 | if (!callinfo_found) |
| 7019 | as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure")); |
| 7020 | |
| 7021 | if (within_entry_exit) |
| 7022 | as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY")); |
| 7023 | |
| 7024 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 7025 | /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute |
| 7026 | the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */ |
| 7027 | hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); |
| 7028 | #endif |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 | within_procedure = FALSE; |
| 7031 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 7032 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 7033 | } |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 7036 | /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then |
| 7037 | return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */ |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 | static int |
| 7040 | exact_log2 (int value) |
| 7041 | { |
| 7042 | int shift = 0; |
| 7043 | |
| 7044 | while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32) |
| 7045 | shift++; |
| 7046 | |
| 7047 | if (shift >= 32) |
| 7048 | return -1; |
| 7049 | else |
| 7050 | return shift; |
| 7051 | } |
| 7052 | |
| 7053 | /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 7054 | |
| 7055 | static void |
| 7056 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void) |
| 7057 | { |
| 7058 | if (current_space == NULL) |
| 7059 | as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n")); |
| 7060 | |
| 7061 | if (current_subspace == NULL) |
| 7062 | as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n")); |
| 7063 | } |
| 7064 | |
| 7065 | /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero, |
| 7066 | then create a new space entry to hold the information specified |
| 7067 | by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */ |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | static sd_chain_struct * |
| 7070 | pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag) |
| 7071 | { |
| 7072 | char *name, *ptemp, c; |
| 7073 | char loadable, defined, private, sort; |
| 7074 | int spnum; |
| 7075 | asection *seg = NULL; |
| 7076 | sd_chain_struct *space; |
| 7077 | |
| 7078 | /* Load default values. */ |
| 7079 | spnum = 0; |
| 7080 | sort = 0; |
| 7081 | loadable = TRUE; |
| 7082 | defined = TRUE; |
| 7083 | private = FALSE; |
| 7084 | if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0) |
| 7085 | { |
| 7086 | seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment; |
| 7087 | defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined; |
| 7088 | private = pa_def_spaces[0].private; |
| 7089 | sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort; |
| 7090 | spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum; |
| 7091 | } |
| 7092 | else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0) |
| 7093 | { |
| 7094 | seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment; |
| 7095 | defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined; |
| 7096 | private = pa_def_spaces[1].private; |
| 7097 | sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort; |
| 7098 | spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum; |
| 7099 | } |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 7102 | { |
| 7103 | print_errors = FALSE; |
| 7104 | ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1; |
| 7105 | /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than |
| 7106 | as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of |
| 7107 | the line should be ignored. */ |
| 7108 | strict = 0; |
| 7109 | pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0); |
| 7110 | if (pa_number >= 0) |
| 7111 | { |
| 7112 | spnum = pa_number; |
| 7113 | input_line_pointer = ptemp; |
| 7114 | } |
| 7115 | else |
| 7116 | { |
| 7117 | while (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 7118 | { |
| 7119 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7120 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 7121 | if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0)) |
| 7122 | { |
| 7123 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7124 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7125 | spnum = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 7126 | } |
| 7127 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) |
| 7128 | { |
| 7129 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7130 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7131 | sort = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 7132 | } |
| 7133 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) |
| 7134 | { |
| 7135 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7136 | loadable = FALSE; |
| 7137 | } |
| 7138 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0)) |
| 7139 | { |
| 7140 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7141 | defined = FALSE; |
| 7142 | } |
| 7143 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0)) |
| 7144 | { |
| 7145 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7146 | private = TRUE; |
| 7147 | } |
| 7148 | else |
| 7149 | { |
| 7150 | as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument")); |
| 7151 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7152 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 7153 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7154 | } |
| 7155 | } |
| 7156 | } |
| 7157 | print_errors = TRUE; |
| 7158 | } |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | if (create_flag && seg == NULL) |
| 7161 | seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0); |
| 7162 | |
| 7163 | /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with |
| 7164 | the attributes computed above. Else set the values in |
| 7165 | an already existing space -- this can only happen for |
| 7166 | the first occurrence of a built-in space. */ |
| 7167 | if (create_flag) |
| 7168 | space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined, |
| 7169 | private, sort, seg, 1); |
| 7170 | else |
| 7171 | { |
| 7172 | space = is_defined_space (space_name); |
| 7173 | SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum; |
| 7174 | SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1; |
| 7175 | SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1; |
| 7176 | } |
| 7177 | |
| 7178 | #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes |
| 7179 | obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); |
| 7180 | #endif |
| 7181 | |
| 7182 | return space; |
| 7183 | } |
| 7184 | |
| 7185 | /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the |
| 7186 | given space, creating the new space if necessary. */ |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 | static void |
| 7189 | pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 7190 | { |
| 7191 | char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s; |
| 7192 | sd_chain_struct *sd_chain; |
| 7193 | |
| 7194 | if (within_procedure) |
| 7195 | { |
| 7196 | as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); |
| 7197 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 7198 | } |
| 7199 | else |
| 7200 | { |
| 7201 | /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code |
| 7202 | below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts |
| 7203 | and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */ |
| 7204 | /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right? |
| 7205 | What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */ |
| 7206 | if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0) |
| 7207 | { |
| 7208 | input_line_pointer += 6; |
| 7209 | sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); |
| 7210 | if (sd_chain == NULL) |
| 7211 | sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1); |
| 7212 | else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) |
| 7213 | sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0); |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 | current_space = sd_chain; |
| 7216 | subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7217 | current_subspace |
| 7218 | = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section, |
| 7219 | sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7220 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 7221 | return; |
| 7222 | } |
| 7223 | if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0) |
| 7224 | { |
| 7225 | input_line_pointer += 9; |
| 7226 | sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); |
| 7227 | if (sd_chain == NULL) |
| 7228 | sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1); |
| 7229 | else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) |
| 7230 | sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0); |
| 7231 | |
| 7232 | current_space = sd_chain; |
| 7233 | subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7234 | current_subspace |
| 7235 | = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section, |
| 7236 | sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7237 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 7238 | return; |
| 7239 | } |
| 7240 | if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, |
| 7241 | GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, |
| 7242 | strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME))) |
| 7243 | { |
| 7244 | input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); |
| 7245 | sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); |
| 7246 | if (sd_chain == NULL) |
| 7247 | sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1); |
| 7248 | else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) |
| 7249 | sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0); |
| 7250 | |
| 7251 | current_space = sd_chain; |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 | { |
| 7254 | asection *gdb_section |
| 7255 | = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); |
| 7256 | |
| 7257 | subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7258 | current_subspace |
| 7259 | = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section, |
| 7260 | sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7261 | } |
| 7262 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 7263 | return; |
| 7264 | } |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 | /* It could be a space specified by number. */ |
| 7267 | print_errors = 0; |
| 7268 | save_s = input_line_pointer; |
| 7269 | strict = 0; |
| 7270 | pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0); |
| 7271 | if (pa_number >= 0) |
| 7272 | { |
| 7273 | if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number))) |
| 7274 | { |
| 7275 | current_space = sd_chain; |
| 7276 | |
| 7277 | subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7278 | current_subspace |
| 7279 | = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, |
| 7280 | sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7281 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 7282 | return; |
| 7283 | } |
| 7284 | } |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 | /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */ |
| 7287 | print_errors = 1; |
| 7288 | input_line_pointer = save_s; |
| 7289 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 7290 | space_name = xstrdup (name); |
| 7291 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7292 | |
| 7293 | sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1); |
| 7294 | current_space = sd_chain; |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 | subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7297 | current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, |
| 7298 | sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); |
| 7299 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 7300 | } |
| 7301 | } |
| 7302 | |
| 7303 | /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */ |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 | static void |
| 7306 | pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 7307 | { |
| 7308 | char *name; |
| 7309 | char c; |
| 7310 | char *p; |
| 7311 | sd_chain_struct *space; |
| 7312 | |
| 7313 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 7314 | space = is_defined_space (name); |
| 7315 | if (space) |
| 7316 | { |
| 7317 | p = frag_more (4); |
| 7318 | md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4); |
| 7319 | } |
| 7320 | else |
| 7321 | as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name); |
| 7322 | |
| 7323 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7324 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 7325 | } |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 | /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the |
| 7328 | given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary. |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 | FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how |
| 7331 | they're broken up into subroutines. */ |
| 7332 | |
| 7333 | static void |
| 7334 | pa_subspace (int create_new) |
| 7335 | { |
| 7336 | char *name, *ss_name, c; |
| 7337 | char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort; |
| 7338 | int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags; |
| 7339 | sd_chain_struct *space; |
| 7340 | ssd_chain_struct *ssd; |
| 7341 | asection *section; |
| 7342 | |
| 7343 | if (current_space == NULL) |
| 7344 | as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n")); |
| 7345 | |
| 7346 | if (within_procedure) |
| 7347 | { |
| 7348 | as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); |
| 7349 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 7350 | } |
| 7351 | else |
| 7352 | { |
| 7353 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 7354 | ss_name = xstrdup (name); |
| 7355 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7356 | |
| 7357 | /* Load default values. */ |
| 7358 | sort = 0; |
| 7359 | access_ctr = 0x7f; |
| 7360 | loadable = 1; |
| 7361 | comdat = 0; |
| 7362 | common = 0; |
| 7363 | dup_common = 0; |
| 7364 | code_only = 0; |
| 7365 | zero = 0; |
| 7366 | space_index = ~0; |
| 7367 | alignment = 1; |
| 7368 | quadrant = 0; |
| 7369 | |
| 7370 | space = current_space; |
| 7371 | if (create_new) |
| 7372 | ssd = NULL; |
| 7373 | else |
| 7374 | ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name); |
| 7375 | /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But |
| 7376 | only allow the attributes to be changed once! */ |
| 7377 | if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd)) |
| 7378 | { |
| 7379 | subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg); |
| 7380 | current_subspace = ssd; |
| 7381 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 7382 | as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified")); |
| 7383 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 7384 | return; |
| 7385 | } |
| 7386 | else |
| 7387 | { |
| 7388 | /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of |
| 7389 | the builtin subspaces. */ |
| 7390 | i = 0; |
| 7391 | while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) |
| 7392 | { |
| 7393 | if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0) |
| 7394 | { |
| 7395 | loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable; |
| 7396 | comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat; |
| 7397 | common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common; |
| 7398 | dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common; |
| 7399 | code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only; |
| 7400 | zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero; |
| 7401 | space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index; |
| 7402 | alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment; |
| 7403 | quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant; |
| 7404 | access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access; |
| 7405 | sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort; |
| 7406 | break; |
| 7407 | } |
| 7408 | i++; |
| 7409 | } |
| 7410 | } |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 | /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in |
| 7413 | any information as specified by the user. */ |
| 7414 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 7415 | { |
| 7416 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7417 | while (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 7418 | { |
| 7419 | c = get_symbol_name (&name); |
| 7420 | if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0)) |
| 7421 | { |
| 7422 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7423 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7424 | quadrant = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 7425 | } |
| 7426 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0)) |
| 7427 | { |
| 7428 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7429 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7430 | alignment = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 7431 | if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1) |
| 7432 | { |
| 7433 | as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2")); |
| 7434 | alignment = 1; |
| 7435 | } |
| 7436 | } |
| 7437 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0)) |
| 7438 | { |
| 7439 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7440 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7441 | access_ctr = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 7442 | } |
| 7443 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) |
| 7444 | { |
| 7445 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7446 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7447 | sort = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 7448 | } |
| 7449 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0)) |
| 7450 | { |
| 7451 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7452 | code_only = 1; |
| 7453 | } |
| 7454 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) |
| 7455 | { |
| 7456 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7457 | loadable = 0; |
| 7458 | } |
| 7459 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0)) |
| 7460 | { |
| 7461 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7462 | comdat = 1; |
| 7463 | } |
| 7464 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0)) |
| 7465 | { |
| 7466 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7467 | common = 1; |
| 7468 | } |
| 7469 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0)) |
| 7470 | { |
| 7471 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7472 | dup_common = 1; |
| 7473 | } |
| 7474 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0)) |
| 7475 | { |
| 7476 | (void) restore_line_pointer (c); |
| 7477 | zero = 1; |
| 7478 | } |
| 7479 | else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0)) |
| 7480 | as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument")); |
| 7481 | else |
| 7482 | as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument")); |
| 7483 | |
| 7484 | if (!is_end_of_statement ()) |
| 7485 | input_line_pointer++; |
| 7486 | } |
| 7487 | } |
| 7488 | |
| 7489 | /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information |
| 7490 | in the .subspace directive. */ |
| 7491 | applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); |
| 7492 | flags = 0; |
| 7493 | if (loadable) |
| 7494 | flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD); |
| 7495 | if (code_only) |
| 7496 | flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 7497 | |
| 7498 | /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized |
| 7499 | common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they |
| 7500 | have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like |
| 7501 | GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations |
| 7502 | are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common |
| 7503 | sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in |
| 7504 | common sections containing text and isn't currently supported |
| 7505 | correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */ |
| 7506 | if (comdat || common || dup_common) |
| 7507 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE; |
| 7508 | |
| 7509 | flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 7510 | |
| 7511 | /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */ |
| 7512 | if (zero) |
| 7513 | flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 | applicable &= flags; |
| 7516 | |
| 7517 | /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the |
| 7518 | segment already associated with the subspace. |
| 7519 | |
| 7520 | FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with |
| 7521 | lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF |
| 7522 | code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything |
| 7523 | but the "standard" sections for ELF. */ |
| 7524 | if (create_new) |
| 7525 | section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0); |
| 7526 | else if (ssd) |
| 7527 | section = ssd->ssd_seg; |
| 7528 | else |
| 7529 | section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0); |
| 7530 | |
| 7531 | if (zero) |
| 7532 | seg_info (section)->bss = 1; |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 | /* Now set the flags. */ |
| 7535 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable); |
| 7536 | |
| 7537 | /* Record any alignment request for this section. */ |
| 7538 | record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment)); |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | /* Set the starting offset for this section. */ |
| 7541 | bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section, |
| 7542 | pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)); |
| 7543 | |
| 7544 | /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace, |
| 7545 | or create a new one. */ |
| 7546 | if (ssd) |
| 7547 | |
| 7548 | current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, |
| 7549 | code_only, comdat, common, |
| 7550 | dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr, |
| 7551 | space_index, alignment, quadrant, |
| 7552 | section); |
| 7553 | else |
| 7554 | current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, |
| 7555 | code_only, comdat, common, |
| 7556 | dup_common, zero, sort, |
| 7557 | access_ctr, space_index, |
| 7558 | alignment, quadrant, section); |
| 7559 | |
| 7560 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 7561 | current_subspace->ssd_seg = section; |
| 7562 | subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg); |
| 7563 | } |
| 7564 | SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1; |
| 7565 | } |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 | /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */ |
| 7568 | |
| 7569 | static void |
| 7570 | pa_spaces_begin (void) |
| 7571 | { |
| 7572 | int i; |
| 7573 | |
| 7574 | space_dict_root = NULL; |
| 7575 | space_dict_last = NULL; |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 | i = 0; |
| 7578 | while (pa_def_spaces[i].name) |
| 7579 | { |
| 7580 | const char *name; |
| 7581 | |
| 7582 | /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */ |
| 7583 | name = pa_def_spaces[i].name; |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 | pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0); |
| 7586 | create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum, |
| 7587 | pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined, |
| 7588 | pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort, |
| 7589 | pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0); |
| 7590 | i++; |
| 7591 | } |
| 7592 | |
| 7593 | i = 0; |
| 7594 | while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) |
| 7595 | { |
| 7596 | const char *name; |
| 7597 | int applicable, subsegment; |
| 7598 | asection *segment = NULL; |
| 7599 | sd_chain_struct *space; |
| 7600 | |
| 7601 | /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right |
| 7602 | subsegment number. */ |
| 7603 | name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name; |
| 7604 | subsegment = 0; |
| 7605 | |
| 7606 | /* Create the new section. */ |
| 7607 | segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment); |
| 7608 | |
| 7609 | /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss |
| 7610 | sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for |
| 7611 | all the built-in subspaces. */ |
| 7612 | if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$")) |
| 7613 | { |
| 7614 | text_section = segment; |
| 7615 | applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); |
| 7616 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, |
| 7617 | applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
| 7618 | | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE |
| 7619 | | SEC_READONLY |
| 7620 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); |
| 7621 | } |
| 7622 | else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$")) |
| 7623 | { |
| 7624 | data_section = segment; |
| 7625 | applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); |
| 7626 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, |
| 7627 | applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
| 7628 | | SEC_RELOC |
| 7629 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); |
| 7630 | |
| 7631 | } |
| 7632 | else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$")) |
| 7633 | { |
| 7634 | bss_section = segment; |
| 7635 | applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); |
| 7636 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, |
| 7637 | applicable & SEC_ALLOC); |
| 7638 | } |
| 7639 | else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$")) |
| 7640 | { |
| 7641 | applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); |
| 7642 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, |
| 7643 | applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
| 7644 | | SEC_RELOC |
| 7645 | | SEC_READONLY |
| 7646 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); |
| 7647 | } |
| 7648 | else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$")) |
| 7649 | { |
| 7650 | applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); |
| 7651 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, |
| 7652 | applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
| 7653 | | SEC_RELOC |
| 7654 | | SEC_READONLY |
| 7655 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); |
| 7656 | } |
| 7657 | else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$")) |
| 7658 | { |
| 7659 | applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); |
| 7660 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, |
| 7661 | applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
| 7662 | | SEC_RELOC |
| 7663 | | SEC_READONLY |
| 7664 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); |
| 7665 | } |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */ |
| 7668 | space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i]. |
| 7669 | def_space_index].segment); |
| 7670 | if (space == NULL) |
| 7671 | { |
| 7672 | as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."), |
| 7673 | pa_def_subspaces[i].name); |
| 7674 | } |
| 7675 | |
| 7676 | create_new_subspace (space, name, |
| 7677 | pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable, |
| 7678 | pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only, |
| 7679 | pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat, |
| 7680 | pa_def_subspaces[i].common, |
| 7681 | pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common, |
| 7682 | pa_def_subspaces[i].zero, |
| 7683 | pa_def_subspaces[i].sort, |
| 7684 | pa_def_subspaces[i].access, |
| 7685 | pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index, |
| 7686 | pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment, |
| 7687 | pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant, |
| 7688 | segment); |
| 7689 | i++; |
| 7690 | } |
| 7691 | } |
| 7692 | |
| 7693 | /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined |
| 7694 | by the given parameters. */ |
| 7695 | |
| 7696 | static sd_chain_struct * |
| 7697 | create_new_space (const char *name, |
| 7698 | int spnum, |
| 7699 | int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7700 | int defined, |
| 7701 | int private, |
| 7702 | int sort, |
| 7703 | asection *seg, |
| 7704 | int user_defined) |
| 7705 | { |
| 7706 | sd_chain_struct *chain_entry; |
| 7707 | |
| 7708 | chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct); |
| 7709 | SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); |
| 7710 | SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined; |
| 7711 | SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined; |
| 7712 | SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum; |
| 7713 | |
| 7714 | chain_entry->sd_seg = seg; |
| 7715 | chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1; |
| 7716 | chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL; |
| 7717 | chain_entry->sd_next = NULL; |
| 7718 | |
| 7719 | /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */ |
| 7720 | if (!space_dict_last) |
| 7721 | space_dict_last = chain_entry; |
| 7722 | |
| 7723 | if (space_dict_root == NULL) |
| 7724 | space_dict_root = chain_entry; |
| 7725 | else |
| 7726 | { |
| 7727 | sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; |
| 7728 | sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; |
| 7729 | |
| 7730 | chain_pointer = space_dict_root; |
| 7731 | prev_chain_pointer = NULL; |
| 7732 | |
| 7733 | while (chain_pointer) |
| 7734 | { |
| 7735 | prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; |
| 7736 | chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next; |
| 7737 | } |
| 7738 | |
| 7739 | /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new |
| 7740 | entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */ |
| 7741 | if (prev_chain_pointer) |
| 7742 | { |
| 7743 | chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; |
| 7744 | prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry; |
| 7745 | } |
| 7746 | else |
| 7747 | { |
| 7748 | space_dict_root = chain_entry; |
| 7749 | chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; |
| 7750 | } |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL) |
| 7753 | space_dict_last = chain_entry; |
| 7754 | } |
| 7755 | |
| 7756 | /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get |
| 7757 | modified by the user's input. Another call is found at |
| 7758 | the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where |
| 7759 | the user modifies a predefined space. */ |
| 7760 | #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes |
| 7761 | obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); |
| 7762 | #endif |
| 7763 | |
| 7764 | return chain_entry; |
| 7765 | } |
| 7766 | |
| 7767 | /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined |
| 7768 | by the given parameters. |
| 7769 | |
| 7770 | Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical |
| 7771 | order as defined by the SORT entries. */ |
| 7772 | |
| 7773 | static ssd_chain_struct * |
| 7774 | create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, |
| 7775 | const char *name, |
| 7776 | int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7777 | int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7778 | int comdat, |
| 7779 | int common, |
| 7780 | int dup_common, |
| 7781 | int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7782 | int sort, |
| 7783 | int access_ctr, |
| 7784 | int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7785 | int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7786 | int quadrant, |
| 7787 | asection *seg) |
| 7788 | { |
| 7789 | ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; |
| 7790 | |
| 7791 | chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct); |
| 7792 | SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 | /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive |
| 7795 | we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */ |
| 7796 | SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0; |
| 7797 | |
| 7798 | chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0; |
| 7799 | chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg; |
| 7800 | chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL; |
| 7801 | |
| 7802 | /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */ |
| 7803 | if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL) |
| 7804 | space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; |
| 7805 | else |
| 7806 | { |
| 7807 | ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; |
| 7808 | ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; |
| 7809 | |
| 7810 | chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces; |
| 7811 | prev_chain_pointer = NULL; |
| 7812 | |
| 7813 | while (chain_pointer) |
| 7814 | { |
| 7815 | prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; |
| 7816 | chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next; |
| 7817 | } |
| 7818 | |
| 7819 | /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update |
| 7820 | the links. */ |
| 7821 | if (prev_chain_pointer) |
| 7822 | { |
| 7823 | chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; |
| 7824 | prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry; |
| 7825 | } |
| 7826 | else |
| 7827 | { |
| 7828 | space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; |
| 7829 | chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; |
| 7830 | } |
| 7831 | } |
| 7832 | |
| 7833 | #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes |
| 7834 | obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, |
| 7835 | quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); |
| 7836 | #endif |
| 7837 | |
| 7838 | return chain_entry; |
| 7839 | } |
| 7840 | |
| 7841 | /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the |
| 7842 | various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */ |
| 7843 | |
| 7844 | static ssd_chain_struct * |
| 7845 | update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, |
| 7846 | char *name, |
| 7847 | int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7848 | int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7849 | int comdat, |
| 7850 | int common, |
| 7851 | int dup_common, |
| 7852 | int sort, |
| 7853 | int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7854 | int access_ctr, |
| 7855 | int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7856 | int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7857 | int quadrant, |
| 7858 | asection *section) |
| 7859 | { |
| 7860 | ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; |
| 7861 | |
| 7862 | chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name); |
| 7863 | |
| 7864 | #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes |
| 7865 | obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, |
| 7866 | quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); |
| 7867 | #endif |
| 7868 | |
| 7869 | return chain_entry; |
| 7870 | } |
| 7871 | |
| 7872 | /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or |
| 7873 | NULL if no such space exists. */ |
| 7874 | |
| 7875 | static sd_chain_struct * |
| 7876 | is_defined_space (const char *name) |
| 7877 | { |
| 7878 | sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; |
| 7879 | |
| 7880 | for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root; |
| 7881 | chain_pointer; |
| 7882 | chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next) |
| 7883 | if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0) |
| 7884 | return chain_pointer; |
| 7885 | |
| 7886 | /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */ |
| 7887 | return NULL; |
| 7888 | } |
| 7889 | |
| 7890 | /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping |
| 7891 | from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL. |
| 7892 | |
| 7893 | Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much, |
| 7894 | so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */ |
| 7895 | |
| 7896 | static sd_chain_struct * |
| 7897 | pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg) |
| 7898 | { |
| 7899 | sd_chain_struct *space_chain; |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 | /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */ |
| 7902 | for (space_chain = space_dict_root; |
| 7903 | space_chain; |
| 7904 | space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) |
| 7905 | if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) |
| 7906 | return space_chain; |
| 7907 | |
| 7908 | /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */ |
| 7909 | return NULL; |
| 7910 | } |
| 7911 | |
| 7912 | /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name |
| 7913 | NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists. |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 | When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to |
| 7916 | the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations. |
| 7917 | For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non |
| 7918 | COMDAT data. |
| 7919 | |
| 7920 | Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may |
| 7921 | not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its |
| 7922 | own subspace. */ |
| 7923 | |
| 7924 | static ssd_chain_struct * |
| 7925 | is_defined_subspace (const char *name) |
| 7926 | { |
| 7927 | sd_chain_struct *space_chain; |
| 7928 | ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; |
| 7929 | |
| 7930 | /* Walk through each space. */ |
| 7931 | for (space_chain = space_dict_root; |
| 7932 | space_chain; |
| 7933 | space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) |
| 7934 | { |
| 7935 | /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */ |
| 7936 | for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; |
| 7937 | subspace_chain; |
| 7938 | subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) |
| 7939 | if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0) |
| 7940 | return subspace_chain; |
| 7941 | } |
| 7942 | |
| 7943 | /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */ |
| 7944 | return NULL; |
| 7945 | } |
| 7946 | |
| 7947 | /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no |
| 7948 | mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL. |
| 7949 | |
| 7950 | If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace |
| 7951 | (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have |
| 7952 | to become more efficient. */ |
| 7953 | |
| 7954 | static ssd_chain_struct * |
| 7955 | pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg) |
| 7956 | { |
| 7957 | sd_chain_struct *space_chain; |
| 7958 | ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 | /* Walk through each space. */ |
| 7961 | for (space_chain = space_dict_root; |
| 7962 | space_chain; |
| 7963 | space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) |
| 7964 | { |
| 7965 | if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) |
| 7966 | { |
| 7967 | /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for |
| 7968 | the correct mapping. */ |
| 7969 | for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; |
| 7970 | subspace_chain; |
| 7971 | subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) |
| 7972 | if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg) |
| 7973 | return subspace_chain; |
| 7974 | } |
| 7975 | } |
| 7976 | |
| 7977 | /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */ |
| 7978 | return NULL; |
| 7979 | } |
| 7980 | |
| 7981 | /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number. |
| 7982 | |
| 7983 | Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space |
| 7984 | that was found or NULL on failure. */ |
| 7985 | |
| 7986 | static sd_chain_struct * |
| 7987 | pa_find_space_by_number (int number) |
| 7988 | { |
| 7989 | sd_chain_struct *space_chain; |
| 7990 | |
| 7991 | for (space_chain = space_dict_root; |
| 7992 | space_chain; |
| 7993 | space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) |
| 7994 | { |
| 7995 | if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number) |
| 7996 | return space_chain; |
| 7997 | } |
| 7998 | |
| 7999 | /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */ |
| 8000 | return NULL; |
| 8001 | } |
| 8002 | |
| 8003 | /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting |
| 8004 | address is unknown then return zero. */ |
| 8005 | |
| 8006 | static unsigned int |
| 8007 | pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant) |
| 8008 | { |
| 8009 | /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this |
| 8010 | is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */ |
| 8011 | if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1) |
| 8012 | return 0x40000000; |
| 8013 | else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1) |
| 8014 | return 0x40000000; |
| 8015 | else |
| 8016 | return 0; |
| 8017 | return 0; |
| 8018 | } |
| 8019 | #endif |
| 8020 | |
| 8021 | /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of |
| 8022 | a string. */ |
| 8023 | |
| 8024 | static unsigned int |
| 8025 | pa_stringer_aux (char *s) |
| 8026 | { |
| 8027 | unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK; |
| 8028 | |
| 8029 | switch (c) |
| 8030 | { |
| 8031 | case '\"': |
| 8032 | c = NOT_A_CHAR; |
| 8033 | break; |
| 8034 | default: |
| 8035 | break; |
| 8036 | } |
| 8037 | return c; |
| 8038 | } |
| 8039 | |
| 8040 | /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */ |
| 8041 | |
| 8042 | static void |
| 8043 | pa_stringer (int append_zero) |
| 8044 | { |
| 8045 | char *s, num_buf[4]; |
| 8046 | unsigned int c; |
| 8047 | int i; |
| 8048 | |
| 8049 | /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences. |
| 8050 | For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be |
| 8051 | changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */ |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8054 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 8055 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 8056 | #endif |
| 8057 | |
| 8058 | /* Skip the opening quote. */ |
| 8059 | s = input_line_pointer + 1; |
| 8060 | |
| 8061 | while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++))) |
| 8062 | { |
| 8063 | if (c == '\\') |
| 8064 | { |
| 8065 | c = *s; |
| 8066 | switch (c) |
| 8067 | { |
| 8068 | /* Handle \x<num>. */ |
| 8069 | case 'x': |
| 8070 | { |
| 8071 | unsigned int number; |
| 8072 | int num_digit; |
| 8073 | char dg; |
| 8074 | char *s_start = s; |
| 8075 | |
| 8076 | /* Get past the 'x'. */ |
| 8077 | s++; |
| 8078 | for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s; |
| 8079 | num_digit < 2 |
| 8080 | && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') |
| 8081 | || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F')); |
| 8082 | num_digit++) |
| 8083 | { |
| 8084 | if (ISDIGIT (dg)) |
| 8085 | number = number * 16 + dg - '0'; |
| 8086 | else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') |
| 8087 | number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10; |
| 8088 | else |
| 8089 | number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10; |
| 8090 | |
| 8091 | s++; |
| 8092 | dg = *s; |
| 8093 | } |
| 8094 | if (num_digit > 0) |
| 8095 | { |
| 8096 | switch (num_digit) |
| 8097 | { |
| 8098 | case 1: |
| 8099 | sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number); |
| 8100 | break; |
| 8101 | case 2: |
| 8102 | sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number); |
| 8103 | break; |
| 8104 | } |
| 8105 | for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++) |
| 8106 | s_start[i] = num_buf[i]; |
| 8107 | } |
| 8108 | break; |
| 8109 | } |
| 8110 | /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */ |
| 8111 | default: |
| 8112 | s++; |
| 8113 | break; |
| 8114 | } |
| 8115 | } |
| 8116 | } |
| 8117 | stringer (8 + append_zero); |
| 8118 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 8119 | } |
| 8120 | |
| 8121 | /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */ |
| 8122 | |
| 8123 | static void |
| 8124 | pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8125 | { |
| 8126 | obj_version (0); |
| 8127 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 8128 | } |
| 8129 | |
| 8130 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8131 | |
| 8132 | /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */ |
| 8133 | |
| 8134 | static void |
| 8135 | pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8136 | { |
| 8137 | obj_som_compiler (0); |
| 8138 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 8139 | } |
| 8140 | |
| 8141 | #endif |
| 8142 | |
| 8143 | /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */ |
| 8144 | |
| 8145 | static void |
| 8146 | pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8147 | { |
| 8148 | obj_copyright (0); |
| 8149 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 8150 | } |
| 8151 | |
| 8152 | /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine |
| 8153 | the latest space label. */ |
| 8154 | |
| 8155 | static void |
| 8156 | pa_cons (int nbytes) |
| 8157 | { |
| 8158 | cons (nbytes); |
| 8159 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 8160 | } |
| 8161 | |
| 8162 | /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */ |
| 8163 | |
| 8164 | static void |
| 8165 | pa_float_cons (int float_type) |
| 8166 | { |
| 8167 | float_cons (float_type); |
| 8168 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 8169 | } |
| 8170 | |
| 8171 | /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */ |
| 8172 | |
| 8173 | static void |
| 8174 | pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8175 | { |
| 8176 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8177 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 8178 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 8179 | #endif |
| 8180 | |
| 8181 | s_fill (0); |
| 8182 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 8183 | } |
| 8184 | |
| 8185 | /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */ |
| 8186 | |
| 8187 | static void |
| 8188 | pa_lcomm (int needs_align) |
| 8189 | { |
| 8190 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8191 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 8192 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 8193 | #endif |
| 8194 | |
| 8195 | s_lcomm (needs_align); |
| 8196 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 8197 | } |
| 8198 | |
| 8199 | /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */ |
| 8200 | |
| 8201 | static void |
| 8202 | pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8203 | { |
| 8204 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8205 | /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ |
| 8206 | pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); |
| 8207 | #endif |
| 8208 | |
| 8209 | s_lsym (0); |
| 8210 | pa_undefine_label (); |
| 8211 | } |
| 8212 | |
| 8213 | /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should |
| 8214 | set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */ |
| 8215 | |
| 8216 | void |
| 8217 | md_begin (void) |
| 8218 | { |
| 8219 | const char *retval = NULL; |
| 8220 | int lose = 0; |
| 8221 | unsigned int i = 0; |
| 8222 | |
| 8223 | last_call_info = NULL; |
| 8224 | call_info_root = NULL; |
| 8225 | |
| 8226 | /* Set the default machine type. */ |
| 8227 | if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL)) |
| 8228 | as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); |
| 8229 | |
| 8230 | /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA. |
| 8231 | Warn user and disable "-R" option. */ |
| 8232 | if (flag_readonly_data_in_text) |
| 8233 | { |
| 8234 | as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target.")); |
| 8235 | flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0; |
| 8236 | } |
| 8237 | |
| 8238 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8239 | pa_spaces_begin (); |
| 8240 | #endif |
| 8241 | |
| 8242 | op_hash = hash_new (); |
| 8243 | |
| 8244 | while (i < NUMOPCODES) |
| 8245 | { |
| 8246 | const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name; |
| 8247 | |
| 8248 | retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]); |
| 8249 | if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0') |
| 8250 | { |
| 8251 | as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval); |
| 8252 | lose = 1; |
| 8253 | } |
| 8254 | |
| 8255 | do |
| 8256 | { |
| 8257 | if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask) |
| 8258 | != pa_opcodes[i].match) |
| 8259 | { |
| 8260 | fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"), |
| 8261 | pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args); |
| 8262 | lose = 1; |
| 8263 | } |
| 8264 | ++i; |
| 8265 | } |
| 8266 | while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name)); |
| 8267 | } |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 | if (lose) |
| 8270 | as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted.")); |
| 8271 | |
| 8272 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8273 | /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put |
| 8274 | anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */ |
| 8275 | subseg_set (text_section, 0); |
| 8276 | #endif |
| 8277 | |
| 8278 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8279 | dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy"); |
| 8280 | S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section); |
| 8281 | /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */ |
| 8282 | symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP; |
| 8283 | #endif |
| 8284 | } |
| 8285 | |
| 8286 | /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be |
| 8287 | adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument |
| 8288 | relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions. |
| 8289 | |
| 8290 | "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing |
| 8291 | globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates |
| 8292 | an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of |
| 8293 | the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry |
| 8294 | with the address of "foo"). |
| 8295 | |
| 8296 | Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend |
| 8297 | when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of |
| 8298 | $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8. |
| 8299 | |
| 8300 | The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for |
| 8301 | any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field |
| 8302 | selectors). |
| 8303 | |
| 8304 | ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such |
| 8305 | reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */ |
| 8306 | |
| 8307 | int |
| 8308 | hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp) |
| 8309 | { |
| 8310 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 8311 | reloc_type code; |
| 8312 | #endif |
| 8313 | struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix; |
| 8314 | |
| 8315 | hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; |
| 8316 | |
| 8317 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 8318 | /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation |
| 8319 | types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below) |
| 8320 | even if they occur with a different selector. */ |
| 8321 | code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type, |
| 8322 | hppa_fix->fx_r_format, |
| 8323 | hppa_fix->fx_r_field); |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 | switch (code) |
| 8326 | { |
| 8327 | /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */ |
| 8328 | case R_PARISC_DIR21L: |
| 8329 | case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: |
| 8330 | case R_PARISC_DPREL21L: |
| 8331 | case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L: |
| 8332 | |
| 8333 | /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */ |
| 8334 | case R_PARISC_DIR14R: |
| 8335 | case R_PARISC_DIR14DR: |
| 8336 | case R_PARISC_DIR14WR: |
| 8337 | case R_PARISC_DIR17R: |
| 8338 | case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: |
| 8339 | case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR: |
| 8340 | case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR: |
| 8341 | case R_PARISC_DPREL14R: |
| 8342 | case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR: |
| 8343 | case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR: |
| 8344 | case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R: |
| 8345 | case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR: |
| 8346 | case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR: |
| 8347 | |
| 8348 | /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */ |
| 8349 | case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 8350 | case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 8351 | return 0; |
| 8352 | default: |
| 8353 | break; |
| 8354 | } |
| 8355 | #endif |
| 8356 | |
| 8357 | /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when |
| 8358 | the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace. |
| 8359 | |
| 8360 | XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these; |
| 8361 | for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever |
| 8362 | supported using the optimizing hp linker. */ |
| 8363 | if (fixp->fx_addsy |
| 8364 | && fixp->fx_subsy |
| 8365 | && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE)) |
| 8366 | return 0; |
| 8367 | |
| 8368 | /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors. |
| 8369 | |
| 8370 | If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will |
| 8371 | adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at |
| 8372 | the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice |
| 8373 | but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for |
| 8374 | "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the |
| 8375 | addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and |
| 8376 | it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer |
| 8377 | sum to the right value. |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 | eg. Suppose we have |
| 8380 | . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21 |
| 8381 | . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26 |
| 8382 | . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25 |
| 8383 | |
| 8384 | If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after |
| 8385 | reducing to the section symbol we get |
| 8386 | . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0 |
| 8387 | . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092 |
| 8388 | . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096 |
| 8389 | and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k |
| 8390 | multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096. |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 | In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we |
| 8393 | will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds |
| 8394 | addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP |
| 8395 | linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case |
| 8396 | above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */ |
| 8397 | |
| 8398 | if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel |
| 8399 | || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel |
| 8400 | || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel) |
| 8401 | return 0; |
| 8402 | |
| 8403 | /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs, |
| 8404 | relocations with plabels. */ |
| 8405 | if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel |
| 8406 | || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel |
| 8407 | || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel |
| 8408 | || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel |
| 8409 | || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel |
| 8410 | || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel) |
| 8411 | return 0; |
| 8412 | |
| 8413 | /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */ |
| 8414 | if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) |
| 8415 | return 0; |
| 8416 | |
| 8417 | /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */ |
| 8418 | if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy)) |
| 8419 | return 0; |
| 8420 | |
| 8421 | return 1; |
| 8422 | } |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation, |
| 8425 | even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled |
| 8426 | within GAS. */ |
| 8427 | |
| 8428 | int |
| 8429 | hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp) |
| 8430 | { |
| 8431 | struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; |
| 8432 | |
| 8433 | hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; |
| 8434 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8435 | if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY |
| 8436 | || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT |
| 8437 | || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB |
| 8438 | || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB |
| 8439 | || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY |
| 8440 | || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY |
| 8441 | || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL |
| 8442 | && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)) |
| 8443 | return 1; |
| 8444 | #endif |
| 8445 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 8446 | if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT |
| 8447 | || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY) |
| 8448 | return 1; |
| 8449 | #endif |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 | gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL); |
| 8452 | |
| 8453 | /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic |
| 8454 | linking works. */ |
| 8455 | if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1)) |
| 8456 | return 1; |
| 8457 | |
| 8458 | /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation |
| 8459 | entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long |
| 8460 | call stub. */ |
| 8461 | if (fixp->fx_pcrel |
| 8462 | && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy), |
| 8463 | hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc)) |
| 8464 | return 1; |
| 8465 | |
| 8466 | /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */ |
| 8467 | if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL) |
| 8468 | { |
| 8469 | long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp); |
| 8470 | valueT distance, min_stub_distance; |
| 8471 | |
| 8472 | distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8; |
| 8473 | |
| 8474 | /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most |
| 8475 | but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */ |
| 8476 | min_stub_distance = pc + 16; |
| 8477 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8478 | if (last_call_info != NULL) |
| 8479 | min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol); |
| 8480 | #endif |
| 8481 | |
| 8482 | if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216 |
| 8483 | && min_stub_distance <= 8388608) |
| 8484 | || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 |
| 8485 | && distance + 262144 >= 524288 |
| 8486 | && min_stub_distance <= 262144) |
| 8487 | || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 |
| 8488 | && distance + 8192 >= 16384 |
| 8489 | && min_stub_distance <= 8192) |
| 8490 | ) |
| 8491 | return 1; |
| 8492 | } |
| 8493 | |
| 8494 | if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) |
| 8495 | return 1; |
| 8496 | |
| 8497 | /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */ |
| 8498 | return 0; |
| 8499 | } |
| 8500 | |
| 8501 | /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */ |
| 8502 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 8503 | /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size |
| 8504 | field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the |
| 8505 | call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the |
| 8506 | difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */ |
| 8507 | |
| 8508 | void |
| 8509 | elf_hppa_final_processing (void) |
| 8510 | { |
| 8511 | struct call_info *call_info_pointer; |
| 8512 | |
| 8513 | for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root; |
| 8514 | call_info_pointer; |
| 8515 | call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next) |
| 8516 | { |
| 8517 | elf_symbol_type *esym |
| 8518 | = ((elf_symbol_type *) |
| 8519 | symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol)); |
| 8520 | esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size = |
| 8521 | S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol) |
| 8522 | - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4; |
| 8523 | } |
| 8524 | } |
| 8525 | |
| 8526 | static void |
| 8527 | pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8528 | { |
| 8529 | struct fix *new_fix; |
| 8530 | |
| 8531 | new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0); |
| 8532 | |
| 8533 | if (new_fix) |
| 8534 | { |
| 8535 | struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); |
| 8536 | |
| 8537 | hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; |
| 8538 | hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; |
| 8539 | hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; |
| 8540 | hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; |
| 8541 | hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; |
| 8542 | new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; |
| 8543 | new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY; |
| 8544 | } |
| 8545 | } |
| 8546 | |
| 8547 | static void |
| 8548 | pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8549 | { |
| 8550 | struct fix *new_fix; |
| 8551 | |
| 8552 | new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0); |
| 8553 | |
| 8554 | if (new_fix) |
| 8555 | { |
| 8556 | struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); |
| 8557 | |
| 8558 | hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; |
| 8559 | hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; |
| 8560 | hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; |
| 8561 | hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; |
| 8562 | hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; |
| 8563 | new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; |
| 8564 | new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT; |
| 8565 | } |
| 8566 | } |
| 8567 | #endif |
| 8568 | |
| 8569 | /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these |
| 8570 | are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file |
| 8571 | dependent tables? */ |
| 8572 | const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] = |
| 8573 | { |
| 8574 | /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested, |
| 8575 | not the log2 of the requested alignment. */ |
| 8576 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8577 | {"align", pa_align, 8}, |
| 8578 | #endif |
| 8579 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 8580 | {"align", s_align_bytes, 8}, |
| 8581 | #endif |
| 8582 | {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1}, |
| 8583 | {"begin_try", pa_try, 1}, |
| 8584 | {"block", pa_block, 1}, |
| 8585 | {"blockz", pa_block, 0}, |
| 8586 | {"byte", pa_cons, 1}, |
| 8587 | {"call", pa_call, 0}, |
| 8588 | {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0}, |
| 8589 | #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)) |
| 8590 | {"code", obj_elf_text, 0}, |
| 8591 | #else |
| 8592 | {"code", pa_text, 0}, |
| 8593 | {"comm", pa_comm, 0}, |
| 8594 | #endif |
| 8595 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8596 | {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0}, |
| 8597 | #endif |
| 8598 | {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0}, |
| 8599 | #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) |
| 8600 | {"data", pa_data, 0}, |
| 8601 | #endif |
| 8602 | {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'}, |
| 8603 | {"dword", pa_cons, 8}, |
| 8604 | {"end", pa_end, 0}, |
| 8605 | {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0}, |
| 8606 | #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) |
| 8607 | {"end_try", pa_try, 0}, |
| 8608 | #endif |
| 8609 | {"enter", pa_enter, 0}, |
| 8610 | {"entry", pa_entry, 0}, |
| 8611 | {"equ", pa_equ, 0}, |
| 8612 | {"exit", pa_exit, 0}, |
| 8613 | {"export", pa_export, 0}, |
| 8614 | {"fill", pa_fill, 0}, |
| 8615 | {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, |
| 8616 | {"half", pa_cons, 2}, |
| 8617 | {"import", pa_import, 0}, |
| 8618 | {"int", pa_cons, 4}, |
| 8619 | {"label", pa_label, 0}, |
| 8620 | {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0}, |
| 8621 | {"leave", pa_leave, 0}, |
| 8622 | {"level", pa_level, 0}, |
| 8623 | {"long", pa_cons, 4}, |
| 8624 | {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0}, |
| 8625 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8626 | {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1}, |
| 8627 | #endif |
| 8628 | {"octa", pa_cons, 16}, |
| 8629 | {"org", pa_origin, 0}, |
| 8630 | {"origin", pa_origin, 0}, |
| 8631 | {"param", pa_param, 0}, |
| 8632 | {"proc", pa_proc, 0}, |
| 8633 | {"procend", pa_procend, 0}, |
| 8634 | {"quad", pa_cons, 8}, |
| 8635 | {"reg", pa_equ, 1}, |
| 8636 | {"short", pa_cons, 2}, |
| 8637 | {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, |
| 8638 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8639 | {"space", pa_space, 0}, |
| 8640 | {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0}, |
| 8641 | #endif |
| 8642 | {"string", pa_stringer, 0}, |
| 8643 | {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1}, |
| 8644 | #ifdef OBJ_SOM |
| 8645 | {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0}, |
| 8646 | #endif |
| 8647 | #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) |
| 8648 | {"text", pa_text, 0}, |
| 8649 | #endif |
| 8650 | {"version", pa_version, 0}, |
| 8651 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 8652 | {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0}, |
| 8653 | {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0}, |
| 8654 | #endif |
| 8655 | {"word", pa_cons, 4}, |
| 8656 | {NULL, 0, 0} |
| 8657 | }; |
| 8658 | |
| 8659 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 8660 | void |
| 8661 | hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void) |
| 8662 | { |
| 8663 | cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0); |
| 8664 | } |
| 8665 | |
| 8666 | int |
| 8667 | hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname) |
| 8668 | { |
| 8669 | unsigned int regnum = -1; |
| 8670 | unsigned int i; |
| 8671 | const char *p; |
| 8672 | char *q; |
| 8673 | static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] = |
| 8674 | { |
| 8675 | { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 }, |
| 8676 | }; |
| 8677 | |
| 8678 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i) |
| 8679 | if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0) |
| 8680 | return regnames[i].dw2regnum; |
| 8681 | |
| 8682 | if (regname[0] == 'r') |
| 8683 | { |
| 8684 | p = regname + 1; |
| 8685 | regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); |
| 8686 | if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32) |
| 8687 | return -1; |
| 8688 | } |
| 8689 | else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r') |
| 8690 | { |
| 8691 | p = regname + 2; |
| 8692 | regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); |
| 8693 | #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 |
| 8694 | if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) |
| 8695 | return -1; |
| 8696 | regnum += 32 - 4; |
| 8697 | #else |
| 8698 | if (p == q |
| 8699 | || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1))) |
| 8700 | || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) |
| 8701 | return -1; |
| 8702 | regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32; |
| 8703 | if (*q == 'R') |
| 8704 | regnum++; |
| 8705 | #endif |
| 8706 | } |
| 8707 | return regnum; |
| 8708 | } |
| 8709 | #endif |